summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/42758-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '42758-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--42758-0.txt6936
1 files changed, 6936 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/42758-0.txt b/42758-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08cd9b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/42758-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6936 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 42758 ***
+
+Transcriber's Note:
+
+ Inconsistent hyphenation and spelling in the original document have
+ been preserved. Obvious typographical errors have been corrected.
+
+ Italic text is denoted by _underscores_.
+
+ The Preface listed as being on page vii is on page ix.
+
+
+
+
+ TRUE TALES OF MOUNTAIN
+ ADVENTURE
+
+
+
+
+ [Illustration: MELCHIOR ANDEREGG 1894.
+ _Frontispiece._]
+
+
+
+
+ TRUE TALES OF
+ MOUNTAIN ADVENTURE
+
+ FOR NON-CLIMBERS YOUNG AND OLD
+
+ BY
+ MRS AUBREY LE BLOND
+ (MRS MAIN)
+
+ NEW YORK
+ E. P. DUTTON & COMPANY
+ 1903
+
+
+
+
+ (_All rights reserved._)
+
+
+
+
+ TO
+ MR EDWARD WHYMPER
+
+
+ WHOSE SPIRITED WRITINGS AND GRAPHIC PENCIL FIRST AWAKENED
+ AN INTEREST IN MOUNTAINEERING AMONGST THOSE WHO
+ HAD NEVER CLIMBED, I DEDICATE THESE TRUE TALES
+ FROM THE HILLS, THE MATERIAL FOR SOME OF
+ THE MOST STRIKING OF WHICH I OWE
+ TO HIS GENEROSITY.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+There is no manlier sport in the world than mountaineering.
+
+It is true that all the sports Englishmen take part in are manly, but
+mountaineering is different from others, because it is sport purely
+for the sake of sport. There is no question of beating any one else,
+as in a race or a game, or of killing an animal or a bird as in
+hunting or shooting. A mountaineer sets his skill and his strength
+against the difficulty of getting to the top of a steep peak. Either
+he conquers the mountain, or it conquers him. If he fails, he keeps on
+trying till he succeeds. This teaches him perseverance, and proves to
+him that anything is possible if he is determined to do it.
+
+In mountaineering, all the party share the pleasures and the dangers.
+Every climber has to help the others. Every climber has to rely both
+on himself and on his companions.
+
+Mountaineering makes a person quick in learning how to act in moments
+of danger. It cultivates his presence of mind, it teaches him to be
+unselfish and thoughtful for others who may be with him. It takes him
+amongst the grandest scenery in the world, it shows him the forces of
+nature let loose in the blinding snow-storm, or the roaring avalanche.
+It lifts him above all the petty friction of daily life, and takes him
+where the atmosphere is always pure, and the outlook calm and wide. It
+brings him health, and leaves him delightful recollections. It gives
+him friends both amongst his fellow-climbers, and in the faithful
+guides who season after season accompany him. It is a pursuit which he
+can commence early in life, and continue till old age, for the choice
+of expeditions is endless, and ascents of all scales of difficulty
+and of any length are easily found.
+
+That I do not exaggerate the joys and the benefits of mountaineering
+will be borne out by those extracts from the true tales from the hills
+of which this book chiefly consists. Some may think I have dwelt at
+undue length on the catastrophes which have darkened the pages of
+Alpine history. I do not apologize. If in one single instance any one
+who reads these pages becomes afterwards a climber, and takes warning
+from anything I have told him, I am amply justified.
+
+It has been difficult in a work like this to know always what to
+include and what to omit. My guiding principle has been to give
+preference to descriptions which are either so exciting by reason of
+the facts narrated, or else so brilliantly and wittily written, that
+they cannot fail to excite the reader's interest. To these I have
+added four chapters, those on mountaineering, on glaciers, on
+avalanches, and on the guides of the Alps, which may help to make
+climbing more intelligible to those who have never attempted it.
+
+My warm thanks are due to Sir Leslie Stephen, Messrs Whymper, Tuckett,
+Charles Pilkington, and Clinton Dent who have rendered the production
+of this book possible by allowing me to quote at considerable length
+from their writings; also to Messrs Longman who have permitted me to
+make extracts from works of which they hold the copyright, and to
+Messrs Newnes and Messrs Hutchinson for their kind permission to
+re-print portions of my articles which have appeared in their
+publications.
+
+I am also under a debt of gratitude to Mr Philip Gosset, who has not
+only allowed me to reprint his account of the avalanche on the
+Haut-de-Cry, but has also most kindly placed his wide knowledge of
+glaciers at my disposal by offering to revise the chapter I have
+written on that subject in this book.
+
+Dr Kennedy, whose beautiful edition of Mr Moore's diary, "The Alps in
+1864," recently appeared, has generously given me permission to make
+any extracts I desire from it.
+
+Colonel Arkwright, whose brother perished on Mont Blanc in 1866, has
+been good enough to allow me to reproduce a most interesting and
+hitherto unpublished photograph of the relics discovered in 1897.
+
+The illustrations, except those connected with the Arkwright accident,
+and a view of the Matterhorn, by the late Mr W. F. Donkin, are from
+photographs by me. By them I have tried rather to show how climbers
+carry out their mountaineering than to illustrate any particular
+locality.
+
+In my own writings I have adopted, in the spelling of names of places,
+the modern official forms, but, of course, when quoting I have kept to
+those followed by each writer.
+
+If, in the following pages, I have given any pleasure to those who
+have never scaled a peak, or have perhaps recalled happy days amongst
+the mountains to a fellow-climber, it will be a very real
+gratification to me.
+
+ E. LE BLOND.
+
+ 67, THE DRIVE,
+ BRIGHTON, _Oct. 30th, 1902_.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+ CHAP. PAGE
+
+ PREFACE vii.
+
+ I. WHAT IS MOUNTAINEERING? 1
+
+ II. A FEW WORDS ABOUT GLACIERS 7
+
+ III. AVALANCHES 15
+
+ IV. THE GUIDES OF THE ALPS 22
+
+ V. THE GUIDES OF THE ALPS (Continued) 50
+
+ VI. AN AVALANCHE ON THE HAUT-DE-CRY--A RACE
+ FOR LIFE 59
+
+ VII. CAUGHT IN AN AVALANCHE ON THE MATTERHORN--THE
+ ICE-AVALANCHE OF THE ALTELS--AN AVALANCHE
+ WHICH ROBBED A LADY OF A GARMENT 72
+
+ VIII. LOST IN THE ICE FOR FORTY YEARS 92
+
+ IX. THE MOST TERRIBLE OF ALL ALPINE TRAGEDIES 107
+
+ X. A WONDERFUL SLIDE DOWN A WALL OF ICE 113
+
+ XI. AN ADVENTURE ON THE TRIFT PASS--THE PERILS OF
+ THE MOMING PASS 122
+
+ XII. AN EXCITING PASSAGE OF THE COL DE PILATTE 134
+
+ XIII. AN ADVENTURE ON THE ALETSCH GLACIER--A LOYAL
+ COMPANION--A BRAVE GUIDE 142
+
+ XIV. A WONDERFUL FEAT BY TWO LADIES--A PERILOUS CLIMB 153
+
+ XV. A FINE PERFORMANCE WITHOUT GUIDES 170
+
+ XVI. THE PIZ SCERSCEN TWICE IN FOUR DAYS--THE FIRST
+ ASCENT BY A WOMAN OF MONT BLANC 194
+
+ XVII. THE ASCENT OF A WALL OF ICE 208
+
+ XVIII. THE AIGUILLE DU DRU 221
+
+ XIX. THE MOST FAMOUS MOUNTAIN IN THE ALPS--THE
+ CONQUEST OF THE MATTERHORN 250
+
+ XX. SOME TRAGEDIES ON THE MATTERHORN 268
+
+ XXI. THE WHOLE DUTY OF THE CLIMBER--ALPINE DISTRESS
+ SIGNALS 289
+
+ GLOSSARY 293
+
+ INDEX 295
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+ PAGE
+
+ Melchior Anderegg, 1894 _Frontispiece_
+
+ Climbers Descending the Ortler 2
+
+ The Aletsch Glacier from Bel Alp 7
+
+ General View of a Glacier 8
+
+ A Glacier Table: after a Storm 11
+
+ A Crevassed Glacier 13
+
+ An Avalanche near Bouveret: a Tunnel through an
+ Avalanche 17
+
+ Edouard Cupelin 22
+
+ Descending a Rock Peak near Zermatt 31
+
+ A Big Crevasse: the Gentle Persuasion of the Rope 37
+
+ A Typical Couloir: the Ober Gabelhorn: the Wrong Way
+ to Descend: Very Soft Snow 42
+
+ Piz Palü: Hans and Christian Grass 44
+
+ Christian Almer, 1894 54
+
+ An Avalanche Falling 59
+
+ Eiger and Mönch from Lauberhorn 66
+
+ Avalanche Falling from the Wetterhorn 79
+
+ On Monte Rosa 83
+
+ Mr Whymper: Mrs Aubrey Le Blond: Group on a High Peak
+ in Winter 85
+
+ Mrs Aubrey Le Blond and Joseph Imboden: Crossing a Snow
+ Couloir 89
+
+ Mont Blanc: Nicolas Winhart: a Banker of Geneva: the
+ Relics of the Arkwright Accident 92
+
+ Alpine Snow-Fields 108
+
+ A Start by Moonlight: Shadows at Sunrise: a Standing
+ Glissade: a Sitting Glissade 136
+
+ On a Snow-Covered Glacier 148
+
+ Martin Schocher and Schnitzler 150
+
+ Exterior of a Climber's Hut: Interior 157
+
+ The Meije: Ascending a Snowy Wall 171
+
+ Top of Piz Scerscen: Party Descending Piz Bernina: On
+ a Mountain Top: Descent of a Snow-Ridge 194
+
+ Hard Work: Setting Out in a Long Skirt 204
+
+ A Steep Icy Slope: On the Top of a Pass 216
+
+ A Slab of Rock: Negotiating a Steep Passage 225
+
+ The Family of Herr Seiler, Zermatt: Going to Zermatt in
+ the Olden Days 250
+
+ The Guides' Wall, Zermatt 259
+
+ The Zermatt Side of the Matterhorn: Rising Mists 260
+
+ A Bitterly Cold Day: The Matterhorn from the Zmutt Side 265
+
+ Jost, Porter of Hotel Monte Rosa, Zermatt 268
+
+ Hoar Frost in the Alps 274
+
+
+
+
+ERRATA
+
+
+ The plate labelled to face page 225, to face page 11.
+
+ " " " " 5, " 83.
+
+
+
+
+TRUE TALES OF MOUNTAIN
+
+ADVENTURE
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+WHAT IS MOUNTAINEERING?
+
+
+Mountaineering is not merely walking up hill. It is the art of getting
+safely up and down a peak where there is no path, and where steps may
+have to be cut in the ice; it is the art of selecting the best line of
+ascent under conditions which vary from day to day.
+
+Mountaineering as a science took long to perfect. It is more than a
+century since the first ascent of a big Alpine peak was accomplished,
+and the early climbers had but little idea of the dangers which they
+were likely to meet with. They could not tell when the snow was safe,
+or when it might slip away in an avalanche. They did not know where
+stones would be likely to fall on them, or when they were walking over
+one of those huge cracks in the glacier known as crevasses, and
+lightly bridged over with winter snow, which might break away when
+they trod on it. However, they soon learnt that it was safer for two
+or more people to be together in such places than for a man to go
+alone, and when crossing glaciers they used the long sticks they
+carried as a sort of hand-rail, a man holding on to each end, so that
+if one tumbled into a hole the other could pull him out. Of course
+this was a very clumsy way of doing things, and before long it
+occurred to them that a much better plan would be to use a rope, and
+being all tied to it about 20 feet apart, their hands were left free,
+and the party could go across a snow-field and venture on bridged-over
+crevasses in safety.
+
+At first both guides and travellers carried long sticks called
+alpenstocks. If they came to a steep slope of hard snow or ice, they
+hacked steps up it with small axes which they carried slung on their
+backs. This was a very inconvenient way of going to work, as it
+entailed holding the alpenstock in one hand and using the axe with the
+other. So they thought of a better plan, and had the alpenstock made
+thicker and shorter, and fastened an axe-head to the top of it. This
+was gradually improved till it became the ice-axe, as used to-day, and
+as shown in many of my photographs. This ice-axe is useful for
+various purposes besides cutting steps. If you dig in the head while
+crossing a snow-slope, it acts as an anchor, and gives tremendous
+hold, while to allude to its functions as a tin-opener, a weapon of
+defence against irate bulls on Alpine pastures, or as a means for
+rapidly passing through a crowd at a railway station, is but to touch
+on a very few of its admirable qualities.
+
+ [Illustration: CLIMBERS DESCENDING A SNOW-CLAD PEAK (THE ORTLER).]
+
+When people first climbed they went in droves on the mountains, or I
+should say rather on the mountain, for during the first half of the
+nineteenth century Mont Blanc was the object of nearly all the
+expeditions which set out for the eternal snows. After some years,
+however, it was found quite unnecessary to have so many guides and
+porters, and nowadays a party usually numbers four, two travellers and
+two guides, or three, consisting generally of one traveller and two
+guides, or occasionally five. Two is a bad number, as should one of
+them be hurt or taken ill, the other would have to leave him and go
+for help, though one of the first rules of mountaineering is that a
+man who is injured or indisposed must never be left alone on a
+mountain. Again, six is not a good number; it is too many, as the
+members of the party are sure to get in each other's way, pepper each
+other with stones, and waste no end of time in wrangling as to when to
+stop for food, when to proceed, and which way to go up. A good guide
+will run the concern himself, and turn a deaf ear to all suggestions;
+but the fact remains that six people had better split up and go on
+separate ropes. And if they also, in the case of rock peaks, choose
+different mountains, it is an excellent plan. The best of friends are
+apt to revile each other when stones, upset from above, come whistling
+about their ears.
+
+The early mountaineers were horribly afraid of places which were at
+all difficult to climb. Mere danger, however, had no terrors for them,
+and they calmly encamped on frail snow-bridges, or had lunch in the
+path of avalanches. After a time the dangerous was understood and
+avoided, and the difficult grappled with by increased skill, until
+about the middle of the nineteenth century there arose a class of
+experts, little, if at all, inferior to the best guides of the present
+day.
+
+The most active and intelligent of the natives of Chamonix, Zermatt,
+and the Bernese Oberland now learnt to find their way even on
+mountains new to them. Some were chamois hunters, and accustomed to
+climb in difficult places. Others, perhaps, had when boys minded
+the goats, and scrambled after them in all sorts of awkward spots.
+Others, again, had such a taste for mountaineering that they took to
+it the very first time they tried it. Of these last my own guide,
+Joseph Imboden, was one, and later on I will tell you of the
+extraordinary way in which he began his splendid career.
+
+ [Illustration: ON A ROCK RIDGE NEAR THE TOP OF MONTE ROSA.
+
+ The Schallihorn may be seen in the top right-hand corner of the
+ picture.]
+
+It is from going with and watching how good guides climb that most
+people learn to become mountaineers themselves. Nearly all take guides
+whenever they ascend difficult mountains, but some are so skilful and
+experienced that they go without, though few are ever good enough to
+do this quite safely.
+
+I am often asked why people climb, and it is a hard question to answer
+satisfactorily. There is something which makes one long to mountaineer
+more and more, from the first time one tries it. All climbs are
+different. All views from mountains are different, and every time one
+climbs one is uncertain, owing to the weather or the possible state of
+the peak, if the top can be reached or not. So it is always a struggle
+between the mountain and the climber, and though perseverance, skill,
+experience, and pluck must give the victory to the climber in the
+end, yet the fight may be a long one, and it may be years before a
+particularly awkward peak allows one to stand on its summit.
+
+Perhaps, if you have patience to read what follows, you may better
+understand what mountaineering is, and why most of those who have once
+tried it become so fond of it.
+
+ [Illustration: THE ALETSCH GLACIER FROM BEL ALP.
+
+ The medial moraine is very conspicuous. This glacier is about a mile
+ in width.]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+A FEW WORDS ABOUT GLACIERS
+
+
+Of all the beautiful and interesting things mountain districts have to
+show, none surpass the glaciers.
+
+Now a glacier is simply a river of ice, which never melts away even
+during the hottest summer. Glaciers form high up on mountains, where
+there is a great deal of snow in winter, and where it is never very
+hot even in summer. They are also found in northern lands, such as
+Greenland, and there, owing to the long cold winter and short summer,
+they come down to the very level of the sea.
+
+A glacier is formed in this way: There is a heavy fall of snow which
+lies in basins and little valleys high up on the mountain side. The
+air is too cold for it to melt, and as more falls on the top of it the
+mass gets pressed down. Now, if you take a lump of snow in your hand
+and press it, you get an icy snow-ball. If you squeeze anything you
+make it warmer. The pressing down of the great mass of snow is like
+the squeezing of the ball in your hand. It makes it warmer, so that
+the snow first half melts and then gradually becomes ice. You bring
+about this change in your snow-ball in a moment. Nature, in making a
+glacier, takes much longer, so that what was snow one year is only
+partly ice the next--it is known as _nevé_--and it is not until after
+several seasons that it becomes the pure ice we see in the lower part
+of a glacier.
+
+One would fancy that if a quantity of snow falls every winter and does
+not all melt, the mountains must grow higher. But though only a little
+of the snow melts, it disappears in other ways. Some is evaporated
+into the atmosphere; some falls off in avalanches. Most of it slowly
+flows down after forming itself into glaciers. For glaciers are always
+moving. The force of gravity makes them slide down over their rocky
+beds. They flow so slowly that we cannot see them move, in fact most
+of them advance only a few inches a day. But if a line of stakes is
+driven into the ice straight across a glacier, we shall notice in a
+few weeks that they have moved down. And the most interesting part
+of it is that they will not have moved evenly, but those nearest the
+centre will have advanced further than those at the side. In short, a
+glacier flows like a river, the banks keeping back the ice at the
+side, as the banks of a river prevent it from running so fast at the
+edge as in the middle.
+
+ [Illustration: GENERAL VIEW ON THE LOWER PART OF A LARGE GLACIER.
+
+ The surface is ice, not snow. The snow-line may be seen further up.]
+
+A large glacier is fed by such a gigantic mass of snow that it is in
+its upper part hundreds of feet thick. Of course when it reaches
+warmer places it begins to melt. But the quantity of ice composing it
+is so great that it takes a long time before it disappears, and a big
+glacier sometimes flows down far below the wild and rocky parts of
+mountains and reaches the neighbourhood of forests and corn-fields. It
+is very beautiful at Chamonix to see the white, glittering ice of the
+Glacier des Bossons flowing in a silent stream through green meadows.
+
+The reason that mountaineers have to be careful in crossing glaciers
+is on account of the holes, cracks, or, to call them by their proper
+name, crevasses, which are met with on them. Ice, unlike water, is
+brittle, so it splits up into crevasses whenever the glacier flows
+over a steep or uneven rocky bed. High up, where snow still lies,
+these chasms in the ice are often bridged over, and if a person
+ventures on one of these snow bridges it may break, and he may fall
+down the crevasse, which may be so deep that no bottom can be found to
+it. He is then either killed by the fall or frozen to death. If, as I
+have explained before, several climbers are roped together, they form
+a long string, like the tail of a kite, and not more than one is
+likely to break through at a time. As the rope is--or ought to
+be--kept tightly stretched, he cannot fall far, and is easily pulled
+out again.
+
+The snow melts away off the surface of the glacier further down in
+summer. It is on this bare, icy stream, scarred all over with little
+channels full of water running merrily down the melting rough surface,
+that the ordinary tourist is taken when he visits a glacier during his
+summer trip to Switzerland.
+
+ [Illustration: A GLACIER TABLE (page 11).]
+
+ [Illustration: Taken in Mid-Winter on reaching the Lower Slopes of a
+ Mountain after a terrific Storm of Snow and Wind. The local Swiss
+ snow-shoes were used during part of the ascent.]
+
+You will notice in most of the photographs of glaciers black streaks
+along them, sometimes only near the sides, sometimes also in the
+centre. These are heaps of stones and earth which have fallen from the
+mountains bordering the glacier, and have been carried along by the
+slowly moving ice. The bands in the centre have come there, owing
+to the meeting higher up of two glaciers, which have joined their side
+heaps of rubbish, and have henceforward flowed on as one glacier. The
+bands of piled up stones are called moraines, those at the edge being
+known as lateral moraines, in the centre as medial moraines, and the
+stones which drop off the end (or snout) of a glacier, as terminal
+moraines.
+
+Besides these compact bands, we sometimes find here and there a big
+stone or boulder by itself, which has rolled on to the ice. Often
+these stones are raised on a pedestal of ice, and then they are called
+"glacier-tables." They have covered the bit of ice they lie upon, and
+prevented it from melting, while the glacier all round has gradually
+sunk. After a time the leg of the table begins to feel the sun strike
+it also. It melts away on the south side and the stone slips off. A
+party of climbers, wandering about on a glacier at night or in a fog,
+and having no compass, can roughly take their bearings by noticing in
+what position these broken-down glacier-tables lie.
+
+Occasionally sand has been washed down over the surface of the ice,
+and a patch of it has collected in one place. This shields the glacier
+from the sun, the surrounding ice sinks, and eventually we find cones
+which are lightly covered with sand, the smooth ice beneath being
+reached directly we scratch the surface with the point of a stick.
+
+It is difficult to realise the enormous size of a large glacier. The
+Aletsch Glacier, the most extensive in the Alps, would, it has been
+said, if turned to stone, supply building material for a city the size
+of London.
+
+With regard to the movement of glaciers, the entertaining author of "A
+Tramp Abroad" mildly chaffs his readers by telling them that he once
+tried to turn a glacier to account as a means of transport.
+Accordingly, he took up his position in the middle, where the ice
+moves quickest, leaving his luggage at the edge, where it goes
+slowest. Thus he intended to travel by express, leaving his things to
+follow by goods train! However, after some time, he appeared to make
+no progress, so he got out a book on glaciers to try and find out the
+reason for the delay. He was much surprised when he read that a
+glacier moves at about the same pace as _the hour hand of a watch_!
+
+ [Illustration: A DISTORTED AND CREVASSED GLACIER.
+
+ Showing the rough texture of the surface of a Glacier below the
+ Snow-line.]
+
+Many thousands of years ago there were glaciers in Scotland and
+England. We are certain of this, as glaciers scratch and polish the
+rocks they pass over as does nothing else. Stones are frozen into
+the ice, and it holds them and uses them as we might hold and use a
+sharply-pointed instrument, scratching the rock over which the mighty
+mass is slowly passing. In addition to the scratches, the ice polishes
+the rock till it is quite smooth, writing upon it in characters never
+to be effaced the history of past events. Another thing which proves
+to us that these icy rivers were in many places where there are no
+glaciers now, is the boulders we find scattered about. These boulders
+are sometimes of a kind of rock not found anywhere near, and so we
+know that they must have been carried along on that wonderful natural
+luggage-train, and dropped off it as it melted. We find big stones in
+North Wales which must have come on a glacier beginning in Scotland!
+Glacier-polished rocks are found along the whole of the west coast of
+Norway, and there are boulders near Geneva, in Switzerland, which have
+come from the chain of Mount Blanc, 60 miles away.
+
+So you see that the glaciers of the Alps are far smaller than they
+were at one time, and that in many places where formerly there were
+huge glaciers, there are to-day none. The Ice Age was the time when
+these great glaciers existed, but the subject of the Ice Age is a
+difficult and thorny one, which is outside the scope of my information
+and of this book.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+AVALANCHES
+
+
+Many of the most terrible accidents in the Alps have been due to
+avalanches, and perhaps, as avalanches take place from different
+causes and have various characteristics, according to whether they are
+of ice, snow, or _débris_, some account of them may not be out of
+place.
+
+We may briefly classify them as follows:--
+
+ 1. Ice avalanches, only met with on or near glaciers.
+
+ 2. Dust avalanches, composed of very light, powdery snow.
+
+ 3. Compact avalanches (_Grund_ or ground avalanches, as the
+ Germans call them), consisting of snow, earth, stones,
+ trees, and anything which the avalanche finds in its path.
+ These take place only in winter and spring, while the two
+ other kinds happen on the mountains at any season.
+
+An ice avalanche is easily understood when it is borne in mind that a
+glacier is always moving. When this river of ice comes to the edge of
+a precipice, or tries to crawl down a very steep cliff, it splits
+across and forms tottering crags of ice, which lean over more and more
+till they lose their balance and go crashing down the slope. Some of
+the ice is crushed to powder by its fall, yet many blocks generally
+survive, and are occasionally heaped up in such huge masses below that
+they form another glacier on a small scale. If a party of mountaineers
+passes under a place overhung by threatening ice, they are in great
+danger, though at early morning, before the sun has loosened the
+frozen masses, the peril is less. Sometimes, too, if the distance to
+be traversed is very short and the going quite easy, it is safe enough
+to dash quickly across.
+
+ [Illustration: A TUNNEL 300 FEET LONG THROUGH AN AVALANCHE.
+
+ Tree trunks, etc., can be seen embedded in it.]
+
+ [Illustration: AN AVALANCHE NEAR BOUVERET, LAKE OF GENEVA.]
+
+Dust avalanches occur when a heavy fall of light, powdery snow takes
+place on frozen hillsides or ice-slopes, and so long as there is no
+wind or disturbance, all remains quiet, and inexperienced people would
+think there was no danger. But in reality dust avalanches are the most
+to be feared of any, for they fall irregularly in unexpected places,
+and their power is tremendous. While all seems calm and peaceful,
+suddenly a puff of wind or the passage of an animal disturbs the
+delicately-balanced masses, and then woe betide whoever is within
+reach of this frightful engine of destruction. First, the snow begins
+to slide gently down, then it gathers pace and volume, and even miles
+away the thunder of its fall can be heard as it leaps from ledge to
+ledge. Covered with a cloud of smoking, powdery dust, it is a
+veritable Niagara of giant height, and as it descends towards the
+forests, it carries with it whatever it finds in its path. Trees are
+mown down with as much ease as the tender grass of spring. Houses are
+lifted from the ground and tossed far away.
+
+An avalanche is preceded by a blast even more destructive than the
+masses of snow which it hurls along. As it advances with
+ever-increasing rapidity the air in front is more and more compressed
+as the avalanche rushes on with lightning-like speed behind it. The
+wind sweeps everything before it, and many are the tales related by
+those who have survived or witnessed a display of its power. On one
+occasion more than a hundred houses were overwhelmed by a huge
+avalanche at Saas (Prättigau, near Davos), and during the search
+afterwards the rescue party found amidst the ruins a child lying
+asleep and uninjured in his cradle, which had been blown to some
+distance from his home, while close by stood a basket containing six
+eggs, none of which were broken. I have myself seen a row of telegraph
+posts in an Alpine valley in winter thrown flat on the ground by the
+air preceding an enormous avalanche, which itself did not come within
+300 yards of them. It is a very wonderful thing that persons buried
+beneath an avalanche can sometimes hear every word spoken by a search
+party, and yet not a sound that they utter reaches the ears of those
+outside. A great deal of air is imprisoned between the particles of
+snow, and so it is possible for those overwhelmed by an avalanche to
+live inside it for hours. Cases have been known where a man, buried
+not far below the surface, has been able to melt a hole to the outer
+air with his breath, and eventually free himself from his icy prison.
+On 18th January, 1885, enormous avalanches fell in some of the
+mountainous districts of northern Italy, houses, cattle, crops, and
+granaries being carried away, and many victims buried beneath the
+ruins. Some touching episodes of wonderful escapes were related. "For
+instance, at Riva, in the valley of Susa, a whole family, consisting
+of an old woman of seventy, her two daughters, her four nieces, and a
+child four months old, were buried with their house in the snow,
+exposed apparently to certain death from cold and hunger. But the
+soldiers of the Compagnie Alpine, hearing of the sad case, worked with
+all their might and main to save them, and at last they were found and
+brought out alive, the brave old grandmother insisting that the
+children should be saved first, and then her daughters, saying that
+their lives were more precious than her own." The soldiers, who worked
+with a will above all praise, were obliged in several cases to
+construct long galleries in the snow in order to reach the villages,
+which were sometimes buried beneath 40 feet of snow.
+
+Compact avalanches, though very terrible on account of their
+frequently great size, can be more easily guarded against than dust
+avalanches, because they always fall in well-defined channels. A
+compact avalanche consists of snow, earth, stones, and trees, and
+comes down in times of thaw. Many fall in early spring in Alpine
+valleys, and though it is not unusual for them to come right across
+high roads, the fatal accidents are comparatively few. The inhabitants
+know that wherever, high up on the hills, there is a hollow which may
+serve as a _reservoir_ or collecting-basin for the snow, and below
+this a funnel or shoot, there an avalanche may be expected. Often they
+take means to prevent one starting, for an avalanche, whose power is
+irresistible when once it has begun to move quickly, is very easily
+kept from mischief if it is not allowed a running start. The best of
+all ways for preventing avalanches is to plant the gullies with trees,
+but where this cannot be done, rows of stakes driven into the ground
+will serve to hold up the snow, and where the hillside is extremely
+steep, and much damage would be caused if an avalanche fell, stone
+walls are built one above another to keep the soil and the snow
+together, very much as we see on precipitous banks overlooking English
+railways.
+
+The driving roads over Alpine passes are in places exposed to
+avalanches in winter. At the worst spots galleries of stone are built,
+through which the sleighs can pass in perfect safety, and if an
+avalanche fell while they were inside it would pass harmlessly over
+their heads. On the Albula Pass, in Switzerland, as soon as the
+avalanches come down, tunnels are cut in the snow through them, and
+are in constant use till early summer.
+
+Occasionally houses or churches are built in the very path of an
+avalanche. A V-shaped wall, called an avalanche-breaker, is put
+behind, and this cuts the snowy stream in two parts, which passes on
+harmlessly on either side of the building. Sometimes avalanche-breakers
+of snow, hardened into ice by throwing water over them, are constructed
+behind barns which have been put in exposed places.
+
+In order that an avalanche may get up speed enough to commence its
+swift career, the slope the snow rests on where it starts must be at
+an angle of from 30° to 35° at least.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE GUIDES OF THE ALPS: WHAT THEY ARE AND WHAT THEY DO
+
+
+There is no profession drawing its members from the peasant class
+which requires a combination of so many high and rare qualities as
+that of a mountain guide. Happily, the dwellers in hill countries seem
+usually more noble in mind and robust of frame than the inhabitants of
+plains, and all who know them well must admit that among Alpine guides
+are to be found men whose intelligence and character would rank high
+in any class of life.
+
+I have usually noticed that the abilities and duties of a guide are
+little understood by the non-climber, who often imagines that a
+guide's sole business is to know the way and to carry the various
+useless articles which the beginner in mountaineering insists on
+taking with him.
+
+ [Illustration: EDOUARD CUPELIN OF CHAMONIX.
+
+ The Guide with whom Mrs Aubrey Le Blond commenced her climbing.]
+
+Guiding, if it sometimes does include these duties, is far more
+than this. The first-class guide must be the general of the little
+army setting out to invade the higher regions. He need not _know_ the
+way--in fact, it sometimes happens that he has never before visited
+the district--but he must be able to _find_ a way, and a safe one, to
+the summit of the peak for which his party is bound. An inferior guide
+may know, from habit, the usual way up a mountain, but, should the
+conditions of ice and snow alter, he is unable to alter with them and
+vary his route. You may ask: "How does a guide find his way on a
+mountain new to him?" There are several means open to him. If the peak
+is well known, as is, say, the Matterhorn, he will have heard from
+other guides which routes have been followed, and will know that if he
+desires to take his traveller up the ordinary way he must go past the
+Schwarz-see Hotel, and on to the ridge which terminates in the Hörnli,
+making for the hut which he has seen from below through the telescope.
+Then he remembers that he must cross to the east face, and while doing
+so he will notice the scratches on the rocks from the nailed boots of
+previous climbers. Now, mounting directly upward, he will pick out the
+passages which seem easiest, until, passing the ruined upper hut, he
+comes out on the ridge and looks down the tremendous precipice which
+overhangs the Matterhorn Glacier. This ridge, he knows, he simply has
+to follow until he reaches the foot of a steep face of rock some 50
+feet high, down which hangs a chain. He has heard all about this bit
+of the climb since his boyhood, and he tells his traveller that, once
+on the top of the rock, all difficulty will be over, and the final
+slope to the summit will be found a gentle one. So it comes to pass
+that the party reaches the highest pinnacle of the great mountain
+without once diverging from the best route. Occasionally the leading
+guide may take with him as second guide a man from the locality, but
+most climbers will prefer to keep with them the two guides they are
+used to.
+
+It is not only on mountains that a guide is able to find his way over
+little known ground. Many years ago Melchior Anderegg came to stay
+with friends in England, and arrived at London Bridge Station in the
+midst of a thick London fog. "He was met by Mr Stephen and Mr
+Hinchliff," writes his biographer in _The Pioneer of the Alps_, "who
+accompanied him on foot to the rooms of the latter gentleman in
+Lincoln's Inn Fields. A day or two later the same party found
+themselves at the same station on their return from Woolwich. 'Now,
+Melchior,' said Mr Hinchliff, 'you will lead us back home.' Instantly
+the skilful guide, who had never seen a larger town than Berne,
+accepted the situation, and found his way straight back without
+difficulty, pausing for consideration only once, as if to examine the
+landmarks at the foot of Chancery Lane."
+
+Now, let us see how a guide sets about exploring a district where no
+one has previously ascended the mountains. Of this work I have seen a
+good deal, since in Arctic Norway my Swiss guides and I have ascended
+more than twenty hitherto-unclimbed peaks, and were never once unable
+to reach the summit. Of course, the first thing is to see the
+mountains, and, to do this, it is wise to ascend something which you
+are sure, from its appearance, is easy, and then prospect for others,
+inspecting others again from them, and so on, _ad infinitum_. You
+cannot always see the whole of a route, and, perhaps, your leading
+guide will observe: "We can reach that upper glacier by the gully in
+the rocks." "What gully?" you ask. "The one to the left. There _must_
+be one there. Look at the heap of stones at the bottom!" Thus, from
+the seen to the unseen the guide argues, reading a fact from writing
+invisible to the untrained eye. Between difficulty and danger, too, he
+draws a sharp distinction, and attacks with full confidence a steep
+but firm wall of rock, turning back from the easy-looking slope of
+snow ready to set forth in an avalanche directly the foot touches it.
+
+And how is this proficiency obtained? How does the guide learn his
+profession?
+
+In different ways, but he usually begins young, tending goats on steep
+grassy slopes requiring balance and nerve to move about over. Later
+on, having decided that he wishes to be a guide, the boy, at the age
+of seventeen or eighteen, offers himself for examination on applying
+for a certificate as porter. The requirements for this first step are
+not great: a good character, a sound physique, a knowledge of reading
+and writing, and in most Alpine centres the guild of guides will grant
+him a license. He can now accompany any guide who will take him, on
+any expedition that guide considers within the porter's powers. His
+advancement depends on his capacity. Should he quickly adapt himself
+to the work, the guides will trust him more and more, taking him on
+difficult ascents and allowing him occasionally to share the
+responsibility of leading on an ascent and coming down last when
+descending. It will readily be seen that the leader must never slip,
+and must, when those who follow are moving, be able to hold them
+should anything go wrong with them. The same applies to the even more
+responsible position of last man coming down. When a porter reaches
+this stage, he is little inferior to a second guide. He can now enter
+for his final examination. If he is competent, he has no trouble in
+passing it, and I fear that if the contrary--as is the case in many of
+those who apply--he gets through easily enough.
+
+At Chamonix the guides' society is controlled by Government. The rules
+press hardly on the better class of guides there, or would do so if
+observed; but a first-class guide is practically independent of them,
+and mountaineers who know the ropes can avoid the regulations. At
+Zermatt greater liberty is allowed, and, indeed, I believe that
+everywhere except at Chamonix a guide is free to go with any climber
+who applies for him. At Chamonix the rule is that the guides are
+employed in turn, so that the absurd spectacle is possible of a man of
+real experience carrying a lady's shawl across the Mer de Glace, while
+a guide, who is little better than a porter, sets out to climb the
+Aiguille de Dru! However, the exceptions to this rule make a broad
+way of escape, for a lady alone, a member of an Alpine club, or a
+climber bent on a particularly difficult ascent, may choose a guide.
+
+The pay of a first-class guide is seldom by tariff, for the class of
+climber who alone would have the opportunity of securing the services
+of one of the extremely limited number of guides of the first order
+generally engages him for some weeks at a time. Indeed, such men are
+usually bespoken a year in advance. The pay offered and expected is 25
+fr. a day, including all expeditions, or else 10 fr. a day for rest
+days, 50 fr. for a peak, 25 fr. for a pass, in both cases the guide to
+keep himself, while travelling expenses and food on expeditions are to
+be paid for by the employer. If a season is fine and the party
+energetic, the former rate of payment may be the cheaper. The second
+guide generally receives two-thirds as much as the first guide.
+
+When a novice is about to choose a guide, the advice of an experienced
+friend is invaluable, but, failing this, it is worse than useless to
+rely on inn-keepers, casual travellers, or the _guide-chef_ at the
+guides' office of the locality. From these you can obtain the names of
+guides whom they recommend, but before making any definite
+arrangements, see the men themselves and carefully examine their books
+of certificates. In these latter lie your security, if you read them
+intelligently. Bear in mind that their value consists in their being
+signed by competent mountaineers. For instance, you may find something
+like the following in a guide's book:--
+
+ A. Dumkopf took me up the Matterhorn to-day. He showed
+ wonderful sureness of foot and steadiness of head, and I
+ consider him a first-class guide, and have pleasure in
+ recommending him.
+
+ (Signed) A. S. SMITH.
+
+Now, this is by some one you never heard of, and a very little
+consideration will show you that A. S. Smith is quite ignorant of
+climbing, judging by his wording of the certificate. That which
+follows, taken from the late Christian Almer's _Führerbuch_, is the
+sort of thing to carry weight:--
+
+ Christian Almer has been our guide for three weeks, during
+ which time we made the ascents of the Matterhorn (ascending
+ by the northern and descending by the southern route),
+ Weisshorn (from the Bies Glacier), Dent Blanche, and the
+ Bietschhorn. Every journey that we take under Almer's
+ guidance confirms us in the high opinion we have formed of
+ his qualities as a guide and as a man. To the utmost daring
+ and courage he unites prudence and foresight, seldom found
+ in combination.
+
+ (Signed) W. A. B. COOLIDGE.
+ Visp, September 22nd, 1871.
+
+It is when things go badly that a first-class guide is so
+conspicuously above an inferior man. In sudden storms or fog you may,
+if accompanied by the former, be in security, while the latter may get
+his party into positions of great peril. The former will take you
+slowly and carefully, sounding, perhaps, at every step, over what
+appears to you a perfectly easy snow plateau. The latter goes across a
+similar place unsuspecting of harm and with the rope loose, and, lo
+and behold, you all find yourselves in a hidden crevasse, and are
+lucky if you escape with your lives. In the early days of
+mountaineering guides were frequently drawn from the chamois hunters
+of a district, a sport requiring, perhaps, rather the quickness and
+agility of the born climber and gymnast than the qualities of
+calculation and prudence needed in addition by the guide.
+
+ [Illustration: A careful party descending a Rock Peak near Zermatt
+ (the Unter Gabelhorn).]
+
+The most thoroughly unorthodox beginning to a great career of which I
+have ever heard was that of Joseph Imboden, of St Nicholas. When a
+boy his great desire, as he has often told me, was to become a guide.
+But his father would not consent to it, and apprenticed him to a
+boot-maker. During the time he toiled at manufacturing and mending
+shoes he contrived to save 20 fr. He then, at the age of sixteen, ran
+away from his employer, bought a note-book, and established himself at
+the Riffel Hotel above Zermatt. On every possible occasion he urged
+travellers to employ him as guide.
+
+"Where is your book, young man?" they invariably enquired.
+
+He showed it to them, but the pages were blank, and so no one would
+take him.
+
+"At last," Imboden went on, "my 20 fr. were all but spent, when I
+managed to persuade a young Englishman to let me take him up Monte
+Rosa. I told him I knew the mountain well, and I would not charge him
+high. So we started. I had never set foot on a glacier before or on
+any mountain, but there was a good track up the snow, and I followed
+this, and there were other parties on Monte Rosa, so I copied what the
+guides did, and roped my gentleman as I saw the guides doing theirs.
+It was a lovely day, and we got on very well, and my gentleman was
+much pleased, and offered me an engagement to go to Chamonix with him
+over high passes.
+
+"Then I said to myself: 'Lies have been very useful till now, but the
+time has come to speak the truth, and I will do so.'
+
+"So I said to him: 'Herr, until to-day I have never climbed a
+mountain, but I am strong and active, and I have lived among
+mountaineers and mountains, and I am sure I can satisfy you if you
+will take me.'
+
+"He was quite ready to do so, and we crossed the Col du Géant and went
+up Mont Blanc, but could do no more as the weather was bad. Then he
+wrote a great deal in my book, and since then I have never been in
+want of a gentleman to guide."
+
+Imboden's eldest son, Roman, began still younger. When only thirteen
+he was employed by a member of the Alpine Club, Mr G. S. Barnes, to
+carry his lunch on the picnics he made with his friends on the
+glaciers near Saas-Fée. The party eventually undertook more ambitious
+expeditions, and one evening, Roman, who was very small for his age,
+was seen entering his native village at the head of a number of
+climbers who had crossed the Ried Pass, the little boy proudly
+carrying the largest knapsack of which he could possess himself, a
+huge coil of rope, and an ice-axe nearly as big as himself. Thus
+commenced the career of an afterwards famous Alpine guide.
+
+During some fifteen seasons Imboden accompanied me on my climbs,
+frequently with Roman as second guide. Once the latter went with me to
+Dauphiné, and, though only twenty-three at the time, took me up the
+Meije, Ecrins, and other big peaks, his father being detained at home
+by reason of a bitter feud with the railway company about to run a
+line through his farm. It is sad to look back to the terrible ending
+of Roman's career at a period when he was the best young guide in the
+Alps. How little, in September 1895, as with the Imbodens, father and
+son, I stood on the summit of the Lyskamm, did any of us think that
+never again should we be together on a mountain, and that from the
+very peak on which we were Roman would be precipitated in one awful
+fall of hundreds of feet, his companions, Dr Guntner and the second
+guide Ruppen, also losing their lives.
+
+I shall never forget the evening the news reached us at Zermatt.
+Imboden was, as usual, my guide, but Roman was leading guide to Dr
+Guntner. A month or two previously this gentleman had written to
+Roman asking if he would climb with him. Roman showed the letter to
+his father, saying: "I only go with English people, so I shall
+refuse." "Do not reply in a hurry," was the answer; "wait and see what
+the Herr is like, he is coming here soon." So Roman waited, saw Dr
+Guntner, liked him immensely, and engaged himself, not only till the
+end of the season, but also for a five months' mountaineering
+expedition in the Himalayas. We had all arrived at Zermatt from Fée a
+few days before, and while we waited in the valley for good weather,
+Dr Guntner, Roman Imboden, and Ruppen went to the Monte Rosa Hut to
+get some exercise next day on one of the easier peaks in the
+neighbourhood. Dr Guntner much wished to try the Lyskamm. Roman was
+against it, as the weather and snow were bad. However, in the morning
+there was a slight improvement, and as Dr Guntner was still most
+anxious to attempt the Lyskamm and Roman was so attached to him that
+he wished to oblige him in every way he could, he consented to, at any
+rate, go and look at it. Another party followed, feeling secure in the
+wake of such first-rate climbers, and, though the snow was atrocious
+and the weather grew worse and worse, no one turned back, and the
+summit was not far distant.
+
+The gentleman in the second party did not feel very well, and made a
+long halt on the lower part of the ridge. Something seems to have
+aroused his suspicions--some drifting snow above, it was said, but I
+could never understand this part of the story--and an accident was
+feared. Abandoning the ascent, partly because of illness, partly on
+account of the weather, the party went down. At the bottom of the
+ridge, wishing to see if indeed something had gone wrong, they bore
+over towards the Italian side of the mountain. Directly the snowy
+plain at the base of the peak became visible, their worst fears were
+confirmed, for they perceived three black specks lying close together.
+Examining them through their glasses, it was but too certain that what
+they saw were the lifeless bodies of Dr Gunnter, Roman, and Ruppen.
+
+Meanwhile, unconscious of the awful tragedy being enacted that day on
+the mountains, I had sent Imboden down to St Nicholas to see his
+family, and, after dinner, was sitting writing in the little salon of
+the Hotel Zermatt when two people entered, remarking to each other,
+"What a horrible smash on the Lyskamm!"
+
+I started to my feet. Something told me it must be Roman's party.
+Crossing quickly over to the Monte Rosa Hotel, I found a silent crowd
+gathering in the street. I went into the office.
+
+"Who is it?" I asked.
+
+"Roman's party," was the answer.
+
+"How do you know?"
+
+"The other party has telephoned from the Riffel; we wait for them to
+arrive to hear particulars."
+
+The crowd grew larger and larger in the dark without. All waited in
+cruel suspense. I could not bear to think of Imboden.
+
+An hour passed. Then there was a stir among the waiting throng, and I
+went out among them and waited too.
+
+The other party was coming. As the little band filed through the
+crowd, one question only was whispered.
+
+"Is there any hope?" Sadly shaking their heads, the gentleman and his
+guides passed into Herr Seiler's room, and there we learned all there
+was to hear.
+
+I need not dwell on Imboden's grief. He will never be the same man
+again, though three more sons are left him; but I must put on record
+his first words to me when I saw him: "Ruppen has left a young wife
+and several children, and they are very poor. Will you get up a
+subscription for them, ma'am, and help them as much as possible?"
+
+ [Illustration: STOPPED BY A BIG CREVASSE.
+
+ The party descended a little till a better passage was found by
+ crossing a snow-bridge (page 37).]
+
+ [Illustration: THE GENTLE PERSUASION OF THE ROPE (page 39).]
+
+It was done, and for Roman a tombstone was erected, "By his English
+friends, as a mark of their appreciation of his sterling qualities as
+a man and a guide." Roman was twenty-seven at the time of the
+accident. Neither Imboden nor I cared to face the sad associations of
+the Alps after the death of Roman, and the next and following years we
+mountaineered in Norway instead.
+
+It will have been noticed that a climber nearly always takes two
+guides on an expedition. A visitor at Zermatt, or some other climbing
+centre, was heard to enquire: "Why do people take two guides? Is it in
+case they lose one?"
+
+There are several reasons why a climbing party should not number less
+than three. In a difficult place, if one slips, his two companions
+should be able to check his fall immediately, whereas if the party
+number but two the risk of an accident is much greater. Again, a
+mishap to one of a party of two is infinitely more serious than had
+there been three climbing together. A glance at the accompanying
+photograph of some mountaineers reconnoitring a big crevasse will make
+my point clear.
+
+A first-class guide will use the rope very differently to an inferior
+man, who allows it to hang about in a tangle, and to catch on every
+point of projecting rock.
+
+A friend of mine, a Senior Wrangler, was extremely anxious to learn
+how to use a rope properly. So, instead of watching the method of his
+guide, he purchased a handbook, and learned by heart all the maxims
+therein contained on the subject. Shortly after these studies of his I
+was descending a steep face of rock in his company. I was in advance,
+and had gone down as far as the length of rope between us permitted. A
+few steps below was a commodious ledge, so I called out: "More rope,
+please!"
+
+My friend hesitated, cleared his throat, and replied: "I am not sure
+if I ought to move just now, because, in _Badminton_, on page
+so-and-so, line so-and-so, the writer says----"
+
+"Will you please give the lady more rope, sir!" called out Imboden.
+
+"He says that if a climber finds himself in a position----"
+
+"Will you go on, sir, or must I come down and help you?" exclaimed
+Imboden from above, and, at last, reluctantly enough, my friend moved
+on. He is now a distinguished member of the Alpine Club, so there is,
+perhaps, something to be said in favour of learning mountaineering
+from precept rather than example!
+
+Occasionally a guide's manipulation of the rope includes something
+more arduous than merely being always ready to stop a slip. If his
+traveller is tired and the snow slopes are long and wearisome, it may
+happen that a guide will put the rope over his shoulder and pull his
+gentleman. A mountaineer of my acquaintance met a couple ascending the
+Breithorn in this manner. It was a hot day, and the amateur was very
+weary. Furthermore, he could speak no German. So he entreated his
+compatriot to intercede for him with the guide, who would insist on
+taking him up in spite of his groans of fatigue.
+
+"Why do you not return when the gentleman wishes it?" queried the
+stranger.
+
+"Sir," replied the guide, "he can go, he must go; he has paid me in
+advance!"
+
+The rope generally used by climbers is made in England, is known as
+Alpine Club rope, and may be recognised by the bright red thread which
+runs through the centre of it. A climber should have his own rope, and
+not trust to any of doubtful quality.
+
+Should climbers desire to make ascents in seldom explored parts of the
+world, such as the Caucasus, the Andes, or the Himalayas, they must
+take Alpine guides with them, for mountains everywhere have many
+characteristics in common, and as a good rider will go over a country
+unknown to him better than a bad horseman to whom it is familiar, so
+will a skilful guide find perhaps an easy way up a mountain previously
+unexplored, while the natives of the district declare the undertaking
+an impossible one. The Canadian Pacific Railway Company have
+recognised the truth of this, and have secured the services of Swiss
+guides for climbing in the Rockies.
+
+The devotion of a really trustworthy guide to his employer is a fine
+trait in his character. My guide, Joseph Imboden, has often told me
+that for years the idea that he might somehow return safe from an
+expedition during which his traveller was killed, was simply a
+nightmare to him. Directly the rope was removed his anxiety commenced,
+and he was just as careful to see that the climber did not slip in an
+easy place as he had been on the most difficult part of the ascent. It
+is an unbroken tradition that no St. Nicholas guide ever comes home
+without his employer; all return safely or all are killed. Alas! the
+list of killed is a long one from that little Alpine village. In the
+churchyard, from the most recent grave, covered by the beautiful white
+marble stone placed there by Roman's English friends, to those
+recalling accidents a score or more of years ago, there lies the dust
+of many brave men. But I must not dwell on the gloom of the hills; let
+me rather recall some of the many occasions when a guide, by his
+skill, quickness, or resource, has saved his own and his charges'
+lives.
+
+A famous Oberlander, Lauener by name, noted for his great strength,
+performed on one occasion a marvellous feat. He was ascending a steep
+ice slope, at the bottom of which was a precipice. He was alone with
+his "gentleman," and to this fact, usually by no means a desirable
+one, they both owed their lives. A big boulder seemed to be so deeply
+imbedded in the ice as to be actually part of the underlying rock. The
+traveller was just below it, the guide had cut steps alongside, and
+was above with, most happily, the rope taut. As he gained the level of
+the boulder he put his foot on it. To his horror it began to move! He
+took one rapid step back, and with a superhuman effort positively
+swung his traveller clean out of the steps and dangled him against the
+slope while the rock, heeling slowly outwards, broke loose from its
+icy fetters and plunged down the mountain side, right across the very
+place where the climber had been standing but an instant before.
+
+A small man, whose muscles are in perfect condition, and who knows how
+to turn them to account, can accomplish what would really appear to be
+almost impossible for any one of his size.
+
+Ulrich Almer, eldest son of the famous guide, the late Christian
+Almer, saved an entire party on one occasion by his own unaided
+efforts. They were descending the Ober Gabelhorn, a high mountain near
+Zermatt, and had reached a ridge where there is usually a large
+cornice. Now, a cornice is an overhanging eave of snow which has been
+formed by the wind blowing across a ridge. Sometimes cornices reach an
+enormous size, projecting 50 feet or more from the ridge. In climbing,
+presence of mind may avail much if a cornice breaks--absence of body
+is, however, infinitely preferable. Even first-class guides may err in
+deciding whether a party is or is not at an absolutely safe distance
+from a cornice. Though not actually on that part of the curling wave
+of snow which overhangs a precipice, the party may be in danger, for
+when a cornice breaks away it usually takes with it part of the snow
+beyond.
+
+ [Illustration: A typical Couloir is seen streaking the peak from
+ summit to base in the centre of the picture (page 73).]
+
+ [Illustration: The Cross marks the spot where the accident happened on
+ the cornice of the Ober Gabelhorn in 1880 (page 43).]
+
+ [Illustration: THE WRONG WAY TO DESCEND.]
+
+ [Illustration: Very soft Snow which, on a steep slope, would cause an
+ Avalanche (page 60).]
+
+By some miscalculation the first people on the rope walked on to the
+cornice. It broke, and they dropped straight down the precipice
+below. But at the same moment Ulrich saw and grasped the situation,
+and, springing right out on the other side, was able to check them in
+their terrible fall. It was no easy matter for the three men, one of
+whom had dislocated his shoulder, to regain the ridge, although held
+all the time by Ulrich. Still it was at length safely accomplished.
+The two gentlemen were so grateful to their guide that they wished to
+give him an acceptable present, and after much consideration decided
+that they could not do better than present him with a cow!
+
+In trying to save a party which has fallen off a ridge, either by the
+breaking of a cornice or by a slip, I am told by first-rate guides
+that the proper thing to do is to jump straight out into the air on
+the opposite side. You thus bring a greater strain on the rope, and
+are more likely to check the pace at which your companions are
+sliding. I had a very awkward experience myself on one occasion when,
+owing to the softness of the snow, we started an avalanche, and the
+last guide, failing to spring over on the other side, we were all
+carried off our feet. Luckily, we were able, by thrusting our axes
+through into a lower and harder layer of snow, to arrest our wild
+career.
+
+Piz Palü, in the Engadine, was once nearly the scene of a terrible
+tragedy through the breaking of a cornice, the party only being saved
+by the quickness and strength of one of their guides. The climbers
+consisted of Mrs Wainwright, her brother-in-law Dr B. Wainwright and
+the famous Pontresina guides Hans and Christian Grass. Bad weather
+overtook them during their ascent, and while they were passing along
+the ridge the fog was so thick that Hans Grass, who was leading, got
+on to the cornice. He was followed by the two travellers, and then
+with a mighty crack the cornice split asunder and precipitated them
+down the icy precipice seen to the right. Last on the rope came sturdy
+old Christian Grass, who grasped the awful situation in an instant,
+and sprang back. He held, but could, of course, do no more. Now was
+the critical time for the three hanging against the glassy wall. Both
+Hans and the lady had dropped their axes. Dr Wainwright alone retained
+his, and to this the party owed their lives. Of course he, hanging at
+the top, could do nothing; but after shouting out his intentions to
+those below, he called on Hans to make ready to catch the axe when it
+should slip by him. A moment of awful suspense, and the weapon was
+grasped by the guide, who forthwith hewed a big step out of the ice,
+and, standing on it, began the toilsome work of constructing a
+staircase back to the ridge. At last it was done, and when the three
+lay panting on the snow above, it was seen that by that time one
+strand only of the rope had remained intact.
+
+ [Illustration: The dotted line in the top right-hand corner shows the
+ spot on Piz Palü where the Wainwright accident took place, the slope
+ being the one the party fell down.]
+
+ [Illustration: HANS AND CHRISTIAN GRASS.]
+
+The following account of a narrow escape from the result of a cornice
+breaking has an especially sad interest, for it was found amongst the
+papers of Lord Francis Douglas after his tragic death on the
+Matterhorn, and was addressed to the Editor of the _Alpine Journal_.
+The ascent described was made on 7th July 1865, and the poor young man
+was killed on the 14th of the same month.
+
+The Gabelhorn is a fine peak, 13,365 feet high, in the Zermatt
+district.
+
+Lord Francis Douglas writes:--"We arrived at the summit at 12.30.
+There we found that some one had been the day before, at least to a
+point very little below it, where they had built a cairn; but they had
+not gone to the actual summit, as it was a peak of snow, and there
+were no marks of footsteps. On this peak we sat down to dine, when,
+all of a sudden, I felt myself go, and the whole top fell with a crash
+thousands of feet below, and I with it, as far as the rope allowed
+(some 12 feet). Here, like a flash of lightning, Taugwald came right
+by me some 12 feet more; but the other guide, who had only the minute
+before walked a few feet from the summit to pick up something, did not
+go down with the mass, and thus held us both. The weight on the rope
+must have been about 23 stone, and it is wonderful that, falling
+straight down without anything to break one's fall, it did not break
+too. Joseph Viennin then pulled us up, and we began the descent to
+Zermatt."
+
+Here, again, one of the guides saved the party from certain
+destruction.
+
+It is in time of emergency that a really first-rate guide is so far
+ahead of an inferior man. In many cases when fatal results have
+followed unexpected bad weather or exceptionally difficult conditions
+of a mountain, bad guiding is to blame, while the cases when able
+guides have brought down themselves and their employers from very
+tight places indeed, are far more frequent than have ever been
+related.
+
+A really wonderful example of a party brought safely home after
+terrible exposure is related in _The Pioneers of the Alps_. The
+well-known guides, Andreas Maurer and Emile Rey, with an English
+climber, had tried to reach the summit of the Aiguille du Plan by the
+steep ice slopes above the Chamonix Valley. "After step-cutting all
+day, they reached a point when to proceed was impossible, and retreat
+looked hopeless. To add to their difficulties, bad weather came on,
+with snow and intense cold. There was nothing to be done but to remain
+where they were for the night, and, if they survived it, to attempt
+the descent of the almost precipitous ice-slopes they had with such
+difficulty ascended. They stood through the long hours of that bitter
+night, roped together, without daring to move, on a narrow ridge,
+hacked level with their ice-axes. I know from each member of the party
+that they looked upon their case as hopeless, but Maurer not only
+never repined, but affected rather to like the whole thing, and though
+his own back was frozen hard to the ice-wall against which he leaned,
+and in spite of driving snow and numbing cold, he opened coat,
+waistcoat and shirt, and through the long hours of the night he held,
+pressed against his bare chest, the half-frozen body of the traveller
+who had urged him to undertake the expedition.
+
+"The morning broke, still and clear, and at six o'clock, having thawed
+their stiffened limbs in the warm sun, they commenced the descent.
+Probably no finer feat in ice-work has ever been performed than that
+accomplished by Maurer and Rey on the 10th August 1880. It took them
+ten hours of continuous work to reach the rocks and safety, and their
+work was done without a scrap of food, after eighteen hours of
+incessant toil on the previous day, followed by a night of horrors
+such as few can realize." Had the bad weather continued, the party
+could not possibly have descended alive, "and this act of unselfish
+devotion would have remained unrecorded!"
+
+Perhaps the most remarkable instance of endurance took place on the
+Croda Grande. The party consisted of Mr Oscar Schuster and the
+Primiero guide, Giuseppe Zecchini. They set out on 17th March 1900,
+from Gosaldo at 5.10 A.M., the weather becoming unsettled as they went
+along. After they had been seven hours on the march a storm arose,
+yet, as they were within three-quarters of an hour of the top of their
+peak, they did not like to turn back. They duly gained the summit, the
+storm momentarily increasing in violence, and then they descended on
+the other side of the mountain till they came to an overhanging rock
+giving a certain amount of shelter. The guide had torn his gloves to
+pieces during the ascent, and his fingers were raw and sore from the
+difficult icy rocks he had climbed. As the cold was intense, they now
+began to be very painful. The weather grew worse and worse, and the
+two unfortunate climbers were obliged to remain in a hole scooped out
+of the snow, not only during the night of the 17th, but also during
+the whole day and night of the 18th. On the 19th, at 8 A.M., they made
+a start, not having tasted food for forty-eight hours. Five feet of
+snow had fallen, and the weather was still unsettled, but go they had
+to. First they tried to return as they came, but the masses of snow
+barred the way. They were delayed so long by the terrible state of the
+mountain that they had to spend another night out, and it was not till
+6 P.M. on the 20th, after great danger that they reached Gosaldo. The
+guide, from whose account in _The Alpine Journal_ I have borrowed,
+lost three fingers of his right hand and one of the left from
+frost-bite; the traveller appears to have come off scot free.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE GUIDES OF THE ALPS--(_continued_).
+
+
+The fathers of modern mountaineering were undoubtedly the two great
+Oberland guides, Melchior Anderegg and Christian Almer, who commenced
+their careers more than half a century ago. The former is still with
+us, the latter passed away some two years ago, accomplishing with ease
+expeditions of first-rate importance till within a season or two of
+his death. Melchior began his climbing experiences when filling the
+humble duties of boots at the Grimsel Inn. He was sent to conduct
+parties to the glaciers, his master taking the fee, while Melchior's
+share was the _pourboire_. His aptitude for mountain craft was soon
+remarked by the travellers whom he accompanied, and in a lucky hour
+for him--and indeed for all concerned--he was regularly taken into the
+employ of Mr Walker and his family. At that time Melchior could speak
+only a little German in addition to his Oberland _patois_, and was
+quite unaccustomed to intercourse with English people. He was most
+anxious, however, to say the right thing, and thought he could not do
+better than copy the travellers, so Mr Walker was somewhat startled on
+finding himself addressed as "Pa-pa," while his children were greeted
+respectively as "Lucy" and "Horace." The friendship between Melchior
+and the surviving members of Mr Walker's family has lasted ever since,
+and is worthy of all concerned. Melchior was born a guide, as he was
+born a gentleman, and no one who has had the pleasure of his
+acquaintance can fail to be impressed by his tact and wonderful
+sweetness of disposition, which have enabled him to work smoothly and
+satisfactorily with other guides, who might well have felt some
+jealousy at his career of unbroken success.
+
+Melchior's great rival and friend, Christian Almer, was of a more
+impetuous disposition, but none the less a man to be respected and
+liked for his sturdy uprightness and devotion to his employers. The
+romantic tale of his ascent of the Wetterhorn, which first brought him
+into notice, has been admirably told by Chief-Justice Wills in his
+"Wanderings among the High Alps." Mr Wills, as he then was, had set
+out from Grindelwald to attempt the ascent of the hitherto unclimbed
+Wetterhorn. He had with him the guides Lauener, Bohren, and Balmat.
+The former, a giant in strength and height, had determined to mark the
+ascent in a way there should be no mistaking, so, seeking out the
+blacksmith, he had a "Flagge," as he termed it, prepared, and with
+this upon his back, he joined the rest of the party. The "Flagge" was
+a sheet of iron, 3 feet long and 2 broad, with rings to attach it to a
+bar of the same metal 10 or 12 feet high, which he carried in his
+hand. "He pointed first to the 'Flagge,' and then, with an exulting
+look on high, set up a shout of triumph which made the rocks ring
+again."
+
+The Wetterhorn is so well seen from Grindelwald that it was natural
+some jealousy should arise as to who should first gain the summit. At
+this time Christian Almer was a chamois hunter, and his fine climbing
+abilities had been well trained in that difficult sport. He heard of
+the expedition, and took his measures accordingly.
+
+Meanwhile Mr Wills' party, having bivouacked on the mountain side, had
+advanced some way upwards towards their goal, and were taking a little
+rest. As they halted, "we were surprised," writes Mr Wills, "to behold
+two other figures, creeping along the dangerous ridge of rocks we had
+just passed. They were at some little distance from us, but we saw
+they were dressed in the guise of peasants."
+
+Lauener exclaimed that they must be chamois hunters, but a moment's
+reflection showed them that no chamois hunter would come that way, and
+immediately after they noticed that one of them "carried on his back a
+young fir-tree, branches, leaves, and all." This young man was
+Christian Almer, and a fitting beginning it was to a great career.
+
+"We had turned aside to take our refreshment," continues Mr Wills,
+"and while we were so occupied they passed us, and on our setting
+forth again, we saw them on the snow slopes, a good way ahead, making
+all the haste they could, and evidently determined to be the first at
+the summit."
+
+The Chamonix guides were furious, declaring that no one at Chamonix
+would be capable of so mean an action, and threatening an attack if
+they met them. The Swiss guides also began to see the enormity of the
+offence. "A great shouting now took place between the two parties, the
+result of which was that the piratical adventurers promised to wait
+for us on the rocks above, whither we arrived very soon after them.
+They turned out to be two chamois hunters, who had heard of our
+intended ascent, and resolved to be even with us, and plant their
+tree side by side with our 'Flagge.' They had started very early in
+the morning, had crept up the precipices above the upper glacier of
+Grindelwald before it was light, had seen us soon after daybreak,
+followed on our trail, and hunted us down. Balmat's anger was soon
+appeased when he found they owned the reasonableness of his desire
+that they should not steal from us the distinction of being the first
+to scale that awful peak, and instead of administering the fisticuffs
+he had talked about, he declared they were '_bons enfants_' after all,
+and presented them with a cake of chocolate; thus the pipe of peace
+was smoked, and tranquility reigned between the rival forces."
+
+The two parties now moved upwards together, and eventually reached the
+steep final slope of snow so familiar to all who have been up the
+Wetterhorn. They could not tell what was above it, but they hoped and
+thought it might be the top.
+
+ [Illustration: CHRISTIAN ALMER, 1894.]
+
+At last, after cutting a passage through the cornice, which hung over
+the slope like the crest of a great wave about to break, Mr Wills
+stepped on to the ridge. His description is too thrilling to be
+omitted. "The instant before, I had been face to face with a blank
+wall of ice. One step, and the eye took in a boundless expanse of
+crag and glacier, peak and precipice, mountain and valley, lake and
+plain. The whole world seemed to lie at my feet. The next moment, I
+was almost appalled by the awfulness of our position. The side we had
+come up was steep; but it was a gentle slope compared with that which
+now fell away from where I stood. A few yards of glittering ice at our
+feet, and then nothing between us and the green slopes of Grindelwald,
+9000 feet below. Balmat told me afterwards that it was the most awful
+and startling moment he had known in the course of his long mountain
+experience. We felt as in the immediate presence of Him who had reared
+this tremendous pinnacle, and beneath the 'majestical roof' of whose
+blue heaven we stood poised, as it seemed, half-way beneath the earth
+and sky."
+
+Another notable ascent by Almer of the Wetterhorn was made exactly
+thirty years later, when, with the youngest of his five sons (whom he
+was taking up for the first time) and an English climber he repeated
+as far as possible all the details of his first climb, the lad
+carrying a young fir-tree, as his father had done, to plant on the
+summit. Finally, in 1896, Almer celebrated his golden wedding on the
+top of the mountain he knew so well. He was accompanied by his wife,
+and the sturdy old couple were guided by their sons.
+
+But all guides are not the Melchiors or the Almers of their
+profession. Sometimes, bent on photography from the easier peaks, I
+have taken whoever was willing to come and carry the camera, and on
+one occasion had rather an amusing experience with an indifferent
+specimen of the Pontresina _Führerverein_. All went well at first, and
+our large party, mostly of friends who knew nothing of climbing,
+trudged along quite happily till after our first halt for food. When
+we started again after breakfast our first adventure occurred. We had
+one first-class guide with us in the person of Martin Schocker, but
+were obliged to make up the number required for the gang by pressing
+several inferior men into our service. One of these was leading the
+first rope-full (if such an expression may be allowed), and with that
+wonderful capacity for discovering crevasses where they would be
+avoided by more skilful men, he walked on to what looked like a firm,
+level piece of snow, and in a second was gone! The rope ran rapidly
+out as we flung ourselves into positions of security, and as we had
+kept our proper distances the check came on us all as on one. We
+remained as we were, while the second caravan advanced to our
+assistance. Its leading guide, held by the others, cautiously
+approached the hole, and seeing that our man was dangling, took
+measures to haul him up. This was not very easy, as the rope had cut
+deeply into the soft snow at the edge; but with so large a party there
+was no real difficulty in effecting a rescue. At last our guide
+appeared, very red in the face, puffing like a grampus, and minus his
+hat. As soon as he had regained breath he began to talk very fast
+indeed. It seemed that the crown of his hat was used by him for
+purposes similar to those served by the strong rooms and safes of the
+rich; for in his head-gear he was in the habit of storing family
+documents of value, and among others packed away there was his
+marriage certificate! The hat now reposed at the bottom of a profound
+crevasse, and his lamentations were, in consequence, both loud and
+prolonged. I don't know what happened when he got home, but for the
+rest of the day he was a perfect nuisance to us all, explaining by
+voice and gesture, repeated at every halt, the terrifying experience
+and incalculable loss he had suffered. Another unlucky result of his
+dive into the crevasse was its effect upon a lady member of the party,
+who had been induced, by much persuasion, to venture for the first
+time on a mountain. So startled was she by his sudden disappearance,
+that she jibbed determinedly at every crack in the glacier we had to
+cross, and, as they were many, our progress became slower and slower,
+and it was very late indeed before we regained the valley.
+
+Mr Clinton Dent, writing in _The Alpine Journal_, justly remarks:
+"Guides of the very first rank are still to be found, though they are
+rare; yet there are, perhaps, as many of the first rank now as there
+have ever been. The demand is so prodigiously great now that the
+second-class guide, or the young fully qualified guide who has made
+some little reputation for brilliancy, is often employed as leader on
+work which may easily overtax his powers. There is no more pressing
+question at the present time in connection with mountaineering, than
+the proper training of young guides."
+
+ [Illustration: The dust of an Avalanche falling from the Matterhorn
+ Glacier may be seen to the right.]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+AN AVALANCHE ON THE HAUT-DE-CRY
+
+
+The Haut-de-Cry is not one of the giants of the Alps. It is a peak of
+modest height but fine appearance, rising abruptly from the valley of
+the Rhone. In 1864 it had never been climbed in winter, and one of our
+countrymen, Mr Philip Gosset, set out in February of that year to
+attempt its ascent. He had with him a friend, Monsieur Boissonnet, the
+famous guide Bennen, and three men from a village, named Ardon, close
+by, who were to act as local guides or porters.
+
+The party had gained a considerable height on the mountain when it
+became necessary to cross a couloir or gully filled with snow. It was
+about 150 feet broad at the top, and 400 or 500 at the bottom. "Bennen
+did not seem to like the look of the snow very much," writes Mr Gosset
+in _The Alpine Journal_. "He asked the local guides whether avalanches
+ever came down this couloir, to which they answered that our position
+was perfectly safe. We were walking in the following order--Bevard,
+Nance, Bennen, myself, Boissonnet, and Rebot. Having crossed over
+about three-quarters of the breadth of the couloir, the two leading
+men suddenly sank considerably above their waists. Bennen tightened
+the rope. The snow was too deep to think of getting out of the hole
+they had made, so they advanced one or two steps, dividing the snow
+with their bodies. Bennen turned round and told us he was afraid of
+starting an avalanche; we asked whether it would not be better to
+return and cross the couloir higher up. To this the three Ardon men
+opposed themselves; they mistook the proposed precaution for fear, and
+the two leading men continued their work.
+
+"After three or four steps gained in the aforesaid manner, the snow
+became hard again. Bennen had not moved--he was evidently undecided
+what he should do. As soon, however, as he saw hard snow again, he
+advanced, and crossed parallel to, but above, the furrow the Ardon men
+had made. Strange to say, the snow supported him. While he was
+passing, I observed that the leader, Bevard, had ten or twelve feet of
+rope coiled round his shoulder. I of course at once told him to uncoil
+it, and get on to the arête, from which he was not more than fifteen
+feet distant. Bennen then told me to follow. I tried his steps, but
+sank up to my waist in the very first. So I went through the furrows,
+holding my elbows close to my body, so as not to touch the sides. This
+furrow was about twelve feet long, and as the snow was good on the
+other side, we had all come to the false conclusion that the snow was
+accidentally softer there than elsewhere. Bennen advanced; he had made
+but a few steps when we heard a deep, cutting sound. The snow-field
+split in two, about fourteen or fifteen feet above us. The cleft was
+at first quite narrow, not more than an inch broad. An awful silence
+ensued; it lasted but a few seconds, and then it was broken by
+Bennen's voice, 'Wir sind alle verloren.'[1] His words were slow and
+solemn, and those who knew him felt what they really meant when spoken
+by such a man as Bennen. They were his last words. I drove my
+alpenstock into the snow, and brought the weight of my body to bear on
+it. I then waited. It was an awful moment of suspense. I turned my
+head towards Bennen to see whether he had done the same thing. To my
+astonishment I saw him turn round, face the valley, and stretch out
+both arms. The ground on which we stood began to move slowly, and I
+felt the utter uselessness of any alpenstock. I soon sank up to my
+shoulders, and began descending backwards. From this moment I saw
+nothing of what had happened to the rest of the party. With a good
+deal of trouble I succeeded in turning round. The speed of the
+avalanche increased rapidly, and before long I was covered up with
+snow. I was suffocating, when I suddenly came to the surface again. I
+was on a wave of the avalanche, and saw it before me as I was carried
+down. It was the most awful sight I ever saw. The head of the
+avalanche was already at the spot where we had made our last halt. The
+head alone was preceded by a thick cloud of snow-dust; the rest of the
+avalanche was clear. Around me I heard the horrid hissing of the snow,
+and far before me the thundering of the foremost part of the
+avalanche. To prevent myself sinking again, I made use of my arms,
+much in the same way as when swimming in a standing position. At last
+I noticed that I was moving slower; then I saw the pieces of snow in
+front of me stop at some yards distant; then the snow straight before
+me stopped, and I heard on a large scale the same creaking sound that
+is produced when a heavy cart passes over frozen snow in winter. I
+felt that I also had stopped, and instantly threw up both arms to
+protect my head, in case I should again be covered up. I had stopped,
+but the snow behind me was still in motion; its pressure on my body
+was so strong that I thought I should be crushed to death. This
+tremendous pressure lasted but a short time; I was covered up by snow
+coming from behind me. My first impulse was to try and uncover my
+head--but this I could not do, the avalanche had frozen by pressure
+the moment it stopped, and I was frozen in. Whilst trying vainly to
+move my arms, I suddenly became aware that the hands as far as the
+wrist had the faculty of motion. The conclusion was easy, they must be
+above the snow. I set to work as well as I could; it was time for I
+could not have held out much longer. At last I saw a faint glimmer of
+light. The crust above my head was getting thinner, but I could not
+reach it any more with my hands; the idea struck me that I might
+pierce it with my breath. After several efforts I succeeded in doing
+so, and felt suddenly a rush of air towards my mouth, I saw the sky
+again through a little round hole. A dead silence reigned around me; I
+was so surprised to be still alive, and so persuaded at the first
+moment that none of my fellow-sufferers had survived, that I did not
+even think of shouting for them. I then made vain efforts to extricate
+my arms, but found it impossible; the most I could do was to join the
+ends of my fingers, but they could not reach the snow any longer.
+After a few minutes I heard a man shouting; what a relief it was to
+know that I was not the sole survivor!--to know that perhaps he was
+not frozen in and could come to my assistance! I answered; the voice
+approached, but seemed uncertain where to go, and yet it was now quite
+near. A sudden exclamation of surprise! Rebot had seen my hands. He
+cleared my head in an instant, and was about to try and cut me out
+completely, when I saw a foot above the snow, and so near to me that I
+could touch it with my arms, although they were not quite free yet. I
+at once tried to move the foot; it was my poor friend's. A pang of
+agony shot through me as I saw that the foot did not move. Poor
+Boissonnet had lost sensation, and was perhaps already dead.
+
+"Rebot did his best. After some time he wished me to help him, so he
+freed my arms a little more, so that I could make use of them. I could
+do but little, for Rebot had torn the axe from my shoulder as soon as
+he had cleared my head (I generally carry an axe separate from my
+alpenstock--the blade tied to the belt, and the handle attached to the
+left shoulder). Before coming to me Rebot had helped Nance out of the
+snow; he was lying nearly horizontally, and was not much covered over.
+Nance found Bevard, who was upright in the snow, but covered up to the
+head. After about twenty minutes, the two last-named guides came up. I
+was at length taken out; the snow had to be cut with the axe down to
+my feet before I could be pulled out. A few minutes after 1 P.M. we
+came to my poor friend's face.... I wished the body to be taken out
+completely, but nothing could induce the three guides to work any
+longer, from the moment they saw it was too late to save him. I
+acknowledge that they were nearly as incapable of doing anything as I
+was. When I was taken out of the snow the cord had to be cut. We tried
+the end going towards Bennen, but could not move it; it went nearly
+straight down, and showed us that there was the grave of the bravest
+guide the Valais ever had or ever will have."
+
+Thus ends one of the most magnificent descriptions of an avalanche
+which has ever been written. The cause of the accident was a mistaken
+opinion as to the state of winter snow, which is very different to
+the snow met with in summer, and of which at that time the best guides
+had no experience.
+
+
+A RACE FOR LIFE
+
+Once upon a time, in the year 1872, a certain famous mountaineer, Mr
+F. F. Tuckett, had with his party a desperate race for life. The
+climbers numbered five in all, three travellers and two guides, and
+had started from the Wengern Alp to ascend the Eiger. Nowadays there
+is a railway to the Wengern Alp, and so thousands of English people
+are familiar with the appearance of the magnificent group of
+mountains--the Eiger, the Mönch, and the Jungfrau--which they have
+before them as they pass along in the train. Suffice it here to say
+that the way up the Eiger lies over a glacier, partly fed by another
+high above it, from which, through a narrow, rocky gully, great masses
+of ice now and again come dashing down. Unless the fall is a very big
+one, climbers skirting along the edge of this glacier are safe enough,
+but on the only occasion I have been up the Eiger, I did not fancy
+this part of the journey.
+
+ [Illustration: Eiger. Mönch.
+
+ FROM THE LAUBERHORN.
+
+The Cross marks the Scene of "A Race for Life." The dotted line shows
+the steep Ice-Wall of the Eigerjoch (page 208).]
+
+To return to Mr Tuckett and his friends. They were advancing up the
+snowy valley below the funnel-shaped opening through which an
+avalanche occasionally falls. The guide, Ulrich Lauener, was
+leading, and, remarks Mr Tuckett, "He is a little hard of hearing; and
+although his sight, which had become very feeble in 1870, is greatly
+improved, both ear and eye were perhaps less quick to detect any
+unexpected sound or movement than might otherwise have been the case.
+Be this as it may, when all of a sudden I heard a sort of crack
+somewhere up aloft, I believe that, for an instant or two, his was the
+only head not turned upwards in the direction from which it seemed to
+proceed, viz., the hanging ice-cliff; but the next moment, when a huge
+mass of sérac broke away, mingled apparently with a still larger
+contingent of snow from the slopes above, whose descent may, indeed,
+have caused, or at least hastened, the disruption of the glacier,
+every eye was on the look-out, though as yet there was no indication
+on the part of any one, nor I believe any thought for one or two
+seconds more, that we were going to be treated to anything beyond a
+tolerably near view of such an avalanche as it rarely falls to
+anyone's lot to see. Down came the mighty cataract, filling the
+couloir to its brim; but it was not until it had traversed a distance
+of 600 to 800 feet, and on suddenly dashing in a cloud of frozen spray
+over one of the principal rocky ridges with which, as I have said, the
+continuity of the snow-slope was broken, appeared as if by magic to
+triple its width, that the idea of danger to ourselves flashed upon
+me. I now perceived that its volume was enormously greater than I had
+at first imagined, and that, with the tremendous momentum it had by
+this time acquired, it might, instead of descending on the right
+between us and the rocks of the Klein Eiger, dash completely across
+the base of the Eiger itself in front of us, attain the foot of the
+Rothstock ridge, and then, trending round, sweep the whole surface of
+the glacier, ourselves included, with the besom of destruction.
+
+"I instinctively bolted for the rocks of the Rothstock--if haply it
+might not be too late--yelling rather than shouting to the others,
+'Run for your lives!'
+
+"Ulrich was the last to take the alarm, though the nearest to the
+danger, and was thus eight or ten paces behind the rest of us, though
+he, too, shouted to Whitwell to run for his life directly he became
+aware of the situation. But by this time we were all straining
+desperately through the deep, soft snow for dear life, yet with faces
+turned upwards to watch the swift on-coming of the foe. I remember
+being struck with the idea that it seemed as though, sure of its prey,
+it wished to play with us for a while, at one moment letting us
+imagine that we had gained upon it, and were getting beyond the line
+of its fire, and the next, with mere wantonness of vindictive power,
+suddenly rolling out on its right a vast volume of grinding blocks and
+whirling snow, as though to show that it could out-flank us at any
+moment it chose.
+
+"Nearer and nearer it came, its front like a mighty wave about to
+break, yet that still 'on the curl hangs poising'; now it has
+traversed the whole width of the glacier above us, taking a somewhat
+diagonal direction; and now run, oh, run! if ever you did, for here it
+comes straight at us, still outflanking us, swift, deadly, and
+implacable! The next instant we saw no more; a wild confusion of
+whirling snow and fragments of ice--a frozen cloud--swept over us,
+entirely concealing us from one another, and still we were
+untouched--at least I knew that I was--and still we ran. Another half
+second and the mist had passed, and there lay the body of the monster,
+whose head was still careering away at lightning speed far below us,
+motionless, rigid, and harmless. It will naturally be supposed that
+the race was one which had not admitted of being accurately timed by
+the performers; but I believe that I am speaking with precision when I
+say that I do not think the whole thing occupied from first to last
+more than five or six seconds. How narrow our escape was may be
+inferred from the fact that the spot where I halted for a moment to
+look back after it had passed, was found to be just twelve yards from
+its edge, and I don't think that in all we had had time to put more
+than thirty yards between us and the point where our wild rush for the
+rocks first began. Ulrich's momentary lagging all but cost him his
+life; for in spite of his giant stride and desperate exertions he only
+just contrived to fling himself forwards as the edge of the frozen
+torrent dashed past him. This may sound like exaggeration, but he
+assured me that he felt some fragments strike his legs; and it will
+perhaps appear less improbable when it is considered that he was
+certainly several yards in the rear, and when the avalanche came to a
+standstill, its edge, intersecting and concealing our tracks along a
+sharply defined line, rose rigid and perpendicular, like a wall of
+cyclopean masonry, as the old Bible pictures represent the waters of
+the Red Sea, standing 'upright as an heap' to let the Israelites
+through.
+
+"The avalanche itself consisted of a mixture, in tolerably equal
+proportions, of blocks of sérac of all shapes and sizes, up to
+irregular cubes of four or five feet on a size, and snow thoroughly
+saturated with water--the most dangerous of all descriptions to
+encounter, as its weight is enormous. We found that it covered the
+valley for a length of about 3300 feet, and a maximum breadth of 1500,
+tailing off above and below to 500 or 1000 feet. Had our position on
+the slope been a few hundred feet higher or lower, or in other words,
+had we been five minutes earlier or later, we must have been caught
+beyond all chance of escape."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+There was no rashness which can be blamed in the party finding
+themselves in the position described. Avalanches, when they fall down
+the gully, hardly ever come so far as the one met with on this
+occasion, and they very seldom fall at all in the early morning. The
+famous guide, Christian Almer, while engaged on another expedition,
+visited the spot after the avalanche had fallen, and said that it was
+the mightiest he had ever seen in his life. Mr Tuckett roughly
+estimated its total weight as about 450,000 tons.
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[1] "We are all lost."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+CAUGHT IN AN AVALANCHE ON THE MATTERHORN
+
+
+The following exciting account is taken from an article by Herr
+Lorria, which appeared in _The St Moritz Post_ for 28th January 1888.
+The injuries received were so terrible that, I believe, Herr Lorria
+never entirely ceased to feel their effects.
+
+The party consisted of two Austrian gentlemen, Herren Lammer and
+Lorria, without guides, who, in 1887, had made Zermatt their
+headquarters for some climbs. They had difficulty in deciding which
+ascent to begin with, especially as the weather had recently been bad,
+and the peaks were not in first-class condition. Herr Lorria writes:
+
+"I fancied the Pointe de Zinal as the object of our tour; but Lammer,
+who had never been on the Matterhorn, wished to climb this mountain by
+the western flank--a route which had only once before been attacked,
+namely by Mr Penhall. We had with us the drawing of Penhall's route,
+published in _The Alpine Journal_.
+
+"After skirting a jutting cliff, we reached the couloir at its
+narrowest point. It was clear that we had followed the route laid down
+in _The Alpine Journal_; and although Mr Penhall says that the rocks
+here are very easy, I cannot at all agree with him.
+
+"We could not simply cross over the couloir, for, on the opposite
+side, the rocks looked horrible: it was only possible to cross it some
+forty or fifty mètres higher. We climbed down into the couloir: the
+ice was furrowed by avalanches. We were obliged to cut steps as we
+mounted upwards in a sloping direction. In a quarter of an hour we
+were on the other side of the couloir. The impression which the
+couloir made upon me is best shown by the words which I at the moment
+addressed to Lammer: 'We are now completely cut off.' We saw clearly
+that it was only the early hour, before the sun was yet upon the
+couloir, which protected us from danger. Once more upon the rocks, we
+kept our course as much as possible parallel to the N.W. arête. We
+clambered along, first over rocks covered with ice, then over glassy
+ledges, always sloping downwards. Our progress was slow indeed; the
+formation of the rock surface was ever becoming more unfavourable, and
+the covering of ice was a fearful hindrance.
+
+"Such difficult rocks I had rarely seen before; the wrinkled ledges of
+the Dent Blanche were easy compared to them. At 1 P.M., we were
+standing on a level with the "Grand Tower"; the summit lay close
+before us, but as far as we could see, the rocks were completely
+coated with a treacherous layer of ice. Immediately before us was a
+precipitous ice couloir. All attempts to advance were fruitless, even
+our crampons were of no avail. Driven back! If this, in all cases, is
+a heavy blow for the mountain climber, we had here, in addition, the
+danger which we knew so well, and which was every moment increasing.
+It was one o'clock in the afternoon; the rays of the sun already
+struck the western wall of the mountain; stone after stone, loosened
+from its icy fetters, whistled past us. Back! As fast as possible
+back! Lammer pulled off his shoes and I stuffed them into the
+knapsack, holding also our two ice-axes. As I clambered down the first
+I was often obliged to trust to the rope. The ledges, which had given
+us trouble in the ascent, were now fearfully difficult. Across a short
+ice slope, in which we had cut steps in the ascent, Lammer was
+obliged, as time pressed, to get along without his shoes. The
+difficulties increased; every moment the danger became greater; and
+already whole avalanches of stones rattled down. The situation was
+indeed critical. At last, after immense difficulty, we reached the
+edge of the couloir at the place we had left it in the ascent. But we
+could find no spot protected from the stones; they literally came down
+upon us like hail. Which was the more serious danger, the threatening
+avalanches in the couloir or the pelting of the stones which swept
+down from every side? On the far side of the couloir there was safety,
+as all the stones must in the end reach the couloir, which divides the
+whole face of the mountain into two parts. It was now five o'clock in
+the afternoon; the burning rays of the sun came down upon us, and
+countless stones whirled through the air. We remembered the saying of
+Dr Güssfeldt, in his magnificent description of the passage of the Col
+du Lion, that only at midnight is tranquility restored. We resolved,
+then, to risk the short stretch across the couloir. Lammer pulled on
+his shoes; I was the first to leave the rocks. The snow which covered
+the ice was suspiciously soft, but we had no need to cut steps. In the
+avalanche track before us on the right a mighty avalanche is
+thundering down; stones leap into the couloir, and give rise to new
+avalanches.
+
+"Suddenly my consciousness is extinguished, and I do not recover it
+till twenty-one days later. I can, therefore, only tell what Lammer
+saw. Gently from above an avalanche of snow came sliding down upon us;
+it carried Lammer away in spite of his efforts, and it projected me
+with my head against a rock. Lammer was blinded by the powdery snow,
+and thought that his last hour was come. The thunder of the roaring
+avalanche was fearful; we were dashed over rocks, laid bare in the
+avalanche track, and leaped over two immense bergschrunds. At every
+change of the slope we flew into the air, and then were plunged again
+into the snow, and often dashed against one another. For a long time
+it seemed to Lammer as if all were over, countless thoughts went
+thronging through his brain, until at last the avalanche had expended
+its force, and we were left lying on the Tiefenmatten Glacier. Our
+fall was estimated at from 550 to 800 English feet.
+
+"I lay unconscious, quite buried in the snow; the rope had gone twice
+round my neck and bound it fast. Lammer, who quickly recovered
+consciousness, pulled me out of the snow, cut the rope, and gave me a
+good shake. I then awoke, but being delirious, I resisted with all my
+might my friend's endeavours to pull me out of the track of the
+avalanche. However, he succeeded in getting me on to a stone (I was,
+of course, unable to walk), and gave me his coat; and having thus done
+all that was possible for me, he began to creep downwards on hands and
+knees. He could not stand, having a badly sprained ankle; except for
+that he escaped with merely a few bruises and scratches. At length
+Lammer arrived at the Stockje hut, but to his intense disappointment
+there was nobody there. He did not pause to give vent to his
+annoyance, however, but continued his way down. Twice he felt nearly
+unable to proceed, and would have abandoned himself to his fate had
+not the thought of me kept him up and urged him on. At three o'clock
+in the morning he reached the Staffel Alp, but none of the people
+there were willing to venture on the glacier. He now gave up all hope
+that I could be saved, though he nevertheless sent a messenger to Herr
+Seiler, who reached Zermatt at about 4.15 A.M.
+
+"In half an hour's time a relief party set out from Zermatt. When the
+party reached the Staffel Alp, Lammer was unconscious, but most
+fortunately he had written on a piece of paper the information that I
+was lying at the foot of Penhall's couloir. They found me about
+half-past eight o'clock. I had taken off all my clothes in my
+delirium, and had slipped off the rock on which Lammer had left me.
+One of my feet was broken and both were frozen into the snow, and had
+to be cut out with an axe.
+
+"At 8 P.M. I was brought back to Zermatt, and for twenty days I lay
+unconscious at the Monte Rosa Hotel hovering between life and death."
+
+Herr Lorria pays a warm tribute to the kindness of Seiler and his
+wife, and the skill of Dr de Courten, who saved his limbs when other
+doctors wished to amputate them. He ends his graphic account as
+follows: "The lesson to be learnt from our accident is not 'Always
+take guides,' but rather 'Never try the Penhall route on the
+Matterhorn, except after a long series of fine, hot days, for
+otherwise the western wall of the mountain is the most fearful
+mouse-trap in the Alps.'"
+
+
+THE ICE AVALANCHE OF THE ALTELS.
+
+Those who climbed in the Alps during the summer of 1895 will recollect
+how wonderfully dry and warm the weather was, denuding the mountains
+of snow and causing a number of rock-falls, so that many ascents
+became very dangerous, and, in my own case, after one or two risky
+encounters with falling stones, we decided to let the rock peaks alone
+for the rest of that campaign.
+
+ [Illustration: In the centre of the picture may be seen an Avalanche,
+ which a non-climber might mistake for a Waterfall, dropping down the
+ Rocks of the Wetterhorn.]
+
+In _The Alpine Journal_ of August 1897, Mr Charles Slater gives an
+admirable description of a great ice-avalanche which overwhelmed one
+of the fertile pastures near the well-known Gemmi route. From this
+account I make some extracts, which will give an idea of the magnitude
+of the disaster and its unusual character, as the ice from a falling
+glacier rarely ever approaches cultivated land and dwellings.
+
+The scene of the catastrophe was at Spitalmatten, a pasturage with
+châlets used in summer by the shepherds, in a basin at the beginning
+of the valley which extends to the pass. Steep slopes bound it on the
+east, and above them rises the glacier-capped peak of the Altels. The
+glacier was well seen from the Gemmi path, and all tourists who passed
+that way must have noticed and admired it. It is believed that a big
+crevasse, running right across the glacier, was noticed during the
+month of August, and the lower part of the glacier seemed to be
+completely cut off from the upper portion by it.
+
+On the evening of 10th September, the Vice-President of the commune of
+Leuk (to which commune the Alp belonged) arrived at the châlets to
+settle the accounts of the past summer. Several of the women had
+already gone down, taking some of the calves with them, and the rest
+of the inhabitants of the little settlement were to follow next day.
+The weather was warm but cloudy, with a strong _föhn_ wind.[2]
+
+On the morning of 11th September, about 5 A.M., the few people who
+lived at or near the Schwarenbach Inn heard a roar like an earthquake,
+and felt a violent blast of wind. A servant, rushing out of the inn,
+saw "what appeared to be a white mist streaming down the Altel's
+slope. The huge mass of ice forming the lower end of the glacier had
+broken away, rushed down the mountain side, leapt from the Tateleu
+plateau into the valley, and, like an immense wave, had swept over the
+Alp, up the Uschinen Grat, as if up a 1500 sea-wall, and even sent
+its ice-foam over this into the distant Uschinen Thal."
+
+The only other eye-witness of this appalling catastrophe was a
+traveller who was walking up the Kanderthal from Frutigen in the early
+morning. "He saw in the Gemmi direction a fearful whirlwind, with dust
+and snow-clouds, and experienced later a cold rain falling from a
+clear sky, the rain being probably due to the melting of the
+ice-cloud."
+
+The scene after the disaster must have been a terrible one. "Winter
+had apparently come in the midst of summer"; the whole pasture was
+covered with masses of ice. "The body of the Vice-President was found
+lying 180 yards away from the hut. Another body had been flung into
+the branches of an uprooted tree, while a third was found still
+holding a stocking in one hand, having been killed in the act of
+dressing."
+
+There was no chance of escape for the people, as only a minute or
+little more elapsed from the time the avalanche started till it
+reached the settlement. The cows were nearly all killed, "they seem to
+have been blown like leaves before a storm to enormous distances."
+
+A year later, much of the avalanche was still unmelted.
+
+The thickness of the slice of glacier which broke away is believed to
+have been about 25 feet, and it fell through a vertical height of 4700
+feet. It moved at about the average rate of two miles a minute.
+
+"It is difficult to realise these vast figures, and a few comparisons
+have been suggested which may help to give some idea of the forces
+which were called into play. The material which fell would have
+sufficed to bury the City of London to the depth of six feet, and Hyde
+Park and Kensington Gardens would have disappeared beneath a layer
+six-and-a-half feet deep. The enormous energy of the moving mass may
+be dimly pictured when we think that a weight of ice and stones ten
+times greater than the tonnage of the whole of England's battle-ships
+plunged on to the Alp at a speed of nearly 300 miles an hour."
+
+An almost exactly similar accident had occurred in 1782.
+
+
+AN AVALANCHE WHICH ROBBED A LADY OF A GARMENT
+
+One of the greatest advantages in mountaineering as a sport is the
+amount of enjoyment it gives even when climbing-days are past. While
+actually engaged in the ascent of difficult peaks our minds are apt
+to be entirely engrossed with the problem of getting up and down them,
+but afterwards we delight in recalling every interesting passage,
+every glorious view, every successful climb; and perhaps this gives us
+even more pleasure than the experiences themselves.
+
+If we happen to have combined photography with mountaineering we are
+particularly to be envied, for an hour in the company of one of our
+old albums will recall with wonderful vividness many an incident which
+we should have otherwise forgotten.
+
+Turning over some prints which long have lain on one side, a wave of
+recollection brings before me some especially happy days on snowy
+peaks, and makes me long to bring a breath of Alpine air to the
+cities, where for so much of the year dwell many of my brother and
+sister climbers.
+
+With the help of the accompanying photographs, which will serve to
+generally illustrate my remarks, let me relate what befell me during
+an ascent of the Schallihorn--a peak some twelve thousand and odd feet
+high, in the neighbourhood of Zermatt.
+
+Now, although Zermatt is a very familiar playground for mountaineers,
+yet even as late as ten years ago one or two virgin peaks and a fair
+number of new and undesirable routes up others were still to be found.
+I had had my share of success on the former, and was at the time of
+which I write looking about for an interesting and moderately safe
+way, hitherto untrodden, up one of the lesser-known mountains in the
+district. My guide and my friend of many years, Joseph Imboden, racked
+his brains for a suitable novelty, and at length suggested that as no
+one had hitherto attacked the south-east face of the Schallihorn we
+might as well see if it could be ascended. He added that he was not at
+all sure if it was possible--a remark I have known him to make on more
+than one peak in far away Arctic Norway, when the obvious facility of
+an ascent had robbed it of half its interest. However, in those days I
+still rose satisfactorily to observations of that sort, and was at
+once all eagerness to set out. We were fortunate in securing as our
+second guide Imboden's brilliant son Roman, who happened to be
+disengaged just then. A further and little dreamed-of honour was in
+store for us, as on our endeavouring to hire a porter to take our
+things to the bivouac from the tiny village of Taesch no less a person
+than the mayor volunteered to accompany us in that capacity.
+
+ [Illustration: MR WHYMPER. ZERMATT, 1896.]
+
+ [Illustration: MRS AUBREY LE BLOND ON A MOUNTAIN TOP.
+
+ _Photographed by her Guide, Joseph Imboden_]
+
+ [Illustration: A HOT DAY IN MID-WINTER ON THE SUMMIT OF A PEAK 13,000
+ FEET HIGH.]
+
+So we started upwards one hot afternoon, bound for some overhanging
+rocks, which, we were assured by those who had never visited the spot,
+we should find. For the regulation routes up the chief peaks the
+climber can generally count on a hut, where, packed in close proximity
+to his neighbours, he lies awake till it is time to get up, and sets
+forth on his ascent benefited only in imagination by his night's
+repose. Within certain limits the less a man is catered for the more
+comfortable he is, and the more he has to count on himself the better
+are the arrangements for his comfort. Thus I have found a well-planned
+bivouac under a great rock infinitely preferable to a night in a hut,
+and a summer's campaign in tents amongst unexplored mountains more
+really luxurious than a season in an over-thronged Alpine hotel.
+
+Two or three hours' walking took us far above the trees and into the
+region of short grass and stony slopes. Eventually we reached a hollow
+at the very foot of our mountain, and here we began to look about for
+suitable shelter and a flat surface on which to lay the sleeping-bags.
+The pictured rocks of inviting appearance were nowhere to be found,
+and what there were offered very inferior accommodation. But the
+weather was perfect, and we had an ample supply of wraps, so we
+contented ourselves with what protection was given by a steep, rocky
+wall, and turned our attention to the Schallihorn. The proposed route
+could be well seen. Imboden traced out the way he intended taking for
+a long distance up the mighty precipice in front of us. There were
+tracks of avalanches at more than one spot, and signs of falling
+stones were not infrequent. My guide thought he could avoid all danger
+by persistently keeping to the projecting ridges, and his idea was to
+descend by whatever way we went up, as the ordinary route is merely a
+long, uninteresting grind.
+
+We now lit a fire, made soup and coffee, and soon after got into our
+sleeping-bags. The night passed peacefully, save for the rumble of an
+occasional avalanche, when great masses of ice broke loose on the
+glacier hard by. Before dawn we were stirring, and by the weird light
+of a huge fire were making our preparations for departure. It
+gradually grew light as our little party moved in single file towards
+the rocky ramparts which threatened to bar the way to the upper world.
+As we ascended a stony slope, Imboden remarked, "Why, ma'am, you still
+have on that long skirt! Let us leave it here; we can pick it up on
+our return." Now, in order not to be conspicuous when starting for a
+climbing expedition, I always wore an ordinary walking-skirt over my
+mountaineering costume. It was of the lightest possible material, so
+that, if returning by a different route, it could be rolled up and
+carried in a knapsack. I generally started from the bivouac without
+it; but the presence on this occasion of the Mayor of Täsch had quite
+overawed me; hence the unusual elegance of my get-up. Lest I be
+thought to dwell at undue length on so trifling a matter, I may add
+that the skirt had adventures that day of so remarkable a nature that
+the disappearance of Elijah in his chariot can alone be compared to
+them.
+
+The skirt was now duly removed, rolled up and placed under a heavy
+stone, which we marked with a small cairn, so as to find it the more
+easily on our return. Shortly after, the real climb began, and,
+putting on the rope, we commenced the varied series of gymnastics
+which make life worth living to the mountaineer. We had several
+particularly unpleasant gullies to cross, up which Imboden glanced
+hastily and suspiciously, and hurried us over, fearing the fall of
+stones. At length we came for a little time to easier ground, and as
+the day was now intensely hot the men took off their waistcoats,
+leaving them and their watches in a hole in the rock. Above this
+gentler slope the mountain steepened again, and a ridge in the centre,
+running directly upwards, alone gave a possible route to the summit.
+This ridge, at first broad and simple, before long narrowed to a
+knife-edge. There was always enough to hold; but the rocks were so
+loose and rotten that we hardly dared to touch them. Spread out over
+those treacherous rocks, adhering by every finger in our endeavour to
+distribute our weight, we slowly wormed ourselves upwards. Such
+situations are always trying. The most brilliant cragsman finds his
+skill of little avail. Unceasing care and patience alone can help him
+here. Throwing down the most insecure of the blocks, which fell
+sometimes on one side, sometimes on the other of the ridge, we
+gradually advanced. The conversation ran rather in a groove: "Not that
+one, ma'am, or the big fellow on the top will come down!" "Don't touch
+the red one or the little white one!" "Now come up to where I am
+without stepping on any of them!" "Roman! look out! I'm letting this
+one go!" Then bang! bang! bang! and a disgusting smell as of
+gunpowder, while a great boulder dashed in leaps towards the glacier
+below, grinding and smashing itself to atoms before it reached the
+bottom.
+
+ [Illustration: JOSEPH IMBODEN. MRS AUBREY LE BLOND.
+ ZERMATT, SEPTEMBER, 1896.]
+
+ [Illustration: CROSSING A SNOW COULOIR (page 73).]
+
+Thus with untiring thoroughness Imboden led his little band higher and
+higher, till at last the summit came in sight and our muscles and
+overstrained nerves saw rest ahead.
+
+I readily agreed to Imboden's decision that we should go down the
+ordinary way.
+
+After descending for a considerable distance we stopped, and the
+guides held a short consultation. It seemed that Roman was anxious to
+try and fetch the waistcoats and watches and my skirt, and his father
+did not object.
+
+Wishing him the best of good-luck, we parted by the rocks and trudged
+on over the snow towards Zermatt. We moved leisurely, as people who
+climb for pleasure, with no thought of record-breaking; and as it was
+late in September it was dusk as we neared the village.
+
+Later in the evening I saw Imboden, and asked for news of Roman. He
+had not arrived, and as time passed we grew uneasy, knowing the speed
+at which, if alone, he would descend. By 10 P.M. we were really
+anxious, and great was our relief when a figure with knapsack and
+ice-axe came swinging up the narrow, cobbled street.
+
+It was an exciting tale he had to tell, though it took a good deal of
+danger to impress Roman with the notion that there was any at all.
+Soon after leaving us he came to the first gully. Just as he was about
+to step into it he heard a rumble. Springing back, he squeezed himself
+under an overhanging piece of rock, while a huge mass of stones and
+snow dashed down the mountain, some of the fragments passing right
+over him--though, thanks to his position, none actually touched him.
+When tranquility was restored he dashed across to the other side, and
+immediately after a fresh fall commenced, which lasted for a
+considerable time. At length he approached without injury the spot he
+was looking for, far down on the lower slopes, where my skirt had been
+left, and here he felt that all danger was past. But the
+extraordinarily dry season had thrown out most people's calculations,
+and at that very moment he was really in the direst peril. As he ran
+gaily down the slope of earth and stones a tremendous crash brought
+him to a standstill, and looking back he saw the smoke of a mighty
+avalanche of ice coming in a huge wave over the cliffs above. He
+rushed for shelter, which was near at hand, and from beneath the
+protection of a great rock he saw the avalanche come on and on with
+the roar of artillery, and he gazed, fascinated, as it swept
+majestically past his place of refuge. He could see the mound where
+lay my skirt with its heap of stones. And now a striking sight met
+his eyes, for before ever the seething mass could touch it the whole
+heap rose from the ground and was carried far out of the path of the
+avalanche, borne along by the violence of the wind which preceded it.
+
+The late John Addington Symonds has related in one of his charming
+accounts of winter in the Alps that an old woman, sitting peaceably
+before her châlet door in the sun, was transported by the wind of an
+avalanche to the top of a lofty pine-tree, where, quite uninjured, she
+calmly awaited assistance; but that my skirt should have such an
+adventure brought very strongly home to me the dangers Roman had
+passed through that afternoon and the escape we had had ourselves.
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[2] The exact origin of the _föhn_ wind is still disputed. It is
+thought to have no connection with the sirocco, a wind which in Europe
+blows always from the south, bears with it sometimes particles of
+sand, and is impregnated with damp from its passage over the
+Mediterranean. The _föhn_ blows from any quarter (though usually from
+the south), and is a dry, warm wind, which causes the snow to melt
+rapidly. In German Switzerland it is called the _Schneefresser_, or
+Snow Devourer, and it has been said that if no _föhn_ visited the
+Alps, Switzerland would still be in the glacial period.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+LOST IN THE ICE FOR FORTY YEARS
+
+
+It was in 1786 that the summit of Mont Blanc was reached for the first
+time. It had been attained on only eleven occasions, and no accidents
+had happened on it when, in 1820, the catastrophe since known as the
+Hamel accident, took place.
+
+Dr Joseph Hamel was a Russian savant, and Counsellor of State to the
+Czar. He much desired to ascend Mont Blanc in order that he might make
+scientific experiments on the top, and in August 1820, he came to
+Chamonix for the purpose. It is of no use, and of little interest to
+general readers, if I enter into particulars of the controversy which
+this expedition excited. Some declared that Dr Hamel urged his guides
+to proceed against their better judgment. Others say that the whole
+party--which included two Englishmen and nine guides--were anxious to
+continue the ascent, and, indeed, saw no reason for doing otherwise.
+Certain it is, however that in those days no one was a judge of the
+condition of snow, and able to tell from its consistency if an
+avalanche were likely or not.
+
+ [Illustration: MONT BLANC.
+
+ The black line shows the probable course the bodies took during their
+ 40 years' descent in the ice.
+
+ _By a local Photographer._]
+
+ [Illustration: Nicolas Winhart, escaping on this occasion with his
+ life, afterwards perished on the Col des Grands Montets in 1875 (page
+ 99).
+
+ _By a local Photographer._]
+
+ [Illustration: A Banker at Geneva, who was a most active searcher for
+ Henry Arkwright's body. He was killed in a duel in 1869. It is
+ interesting to compare the old-fashioned costume with that of the
+ present day climber.
+
+ _By a local Photographer._]
+
+ [Illustration: THE RELICS.
+
+ The rope was found round the body but worn through in two places by
+ the hip bones. The handkerchief, shirt front with studs, prune stones,
+ watch chain, pencil case, cartridge, spike of alpenstock, coins, glove
+ tied with spare bootlace, etc., all belonged to Henry Arkwright.]
+
+The party, which at first numbered fourteen, duly reached the rocks of
+the Grands Mulets, where it was usual to spend the night. The sky
+clouded over towards evening, and there was a heavy thunderstorm
+during the night. Next morning the weather was too unsettled for the
+ascent to be tried, so a couple of guides were sent down to Chamonix
+for more provisions, and a second night was spent in camp. Early next
+morning, in beautiful weather, a start was made, one of the members of
+the party, Monsieur Selligne, who felt ill, and two guides leaving the
+others and going down to Chamonix. The rest safely reached the Grand
+Plateau. The snow, hardened by the night's frost, had thus far
+supported the weight of the climbers and made their task easy. It was,
+however, far from consolidated beneath the crust, as the warm wind of
+the previous days had made it thoroughly rotten.
+
+All were in excellent spirits during the halt for breakfast on the
+Grand Plateau, that snowy valley which is spread out below the steeper
+slopes of the final mass of the mountain. Dr Hamel employed part of
+his time in writing a couple of notes announcing his arrival on the
+top of Mont Blanc leaving a blank on each to insert the hour. These
+notes he intended to despatch by carrier pigeon, the bird being with
+them, imprisoned in a large kettle.
+
+At 10.30 they reached the foot of what is now known as the Ancien
+Passage. This is a steep snow-slope leading almost directly to the top
+of Mont Blanc. When the snow is sound, and the ice above does not
+overhang much, this route is as safe as any other; but a steep slope
+covered with a layer of rotten snow is always most dangerous. At that
+time, the Ancien Passage was the only way ever taken up Mont Blanc.
+
+They had ascended a considerable distance, the snow being softer and
+softer as they rose, and they formed a long line one behind the other,
+not mounting straight up, but making their way rather across the
+slope. Six guides walked at the head of the troop, and then, after an
+interval, the two Englishmen and two more guides, Dr Hamel being last.
+
+All seemed to be going excellently. Everyone plodded along, and
+rejoiced to be so near the culminating point of the expedition. No
+thought of danger disturbed them.
+
+Suddenly there was a dull, harsh sound. Immediately the entire surface
+of the snow began to move. "My God! The avalanche! We are lost!"
+shrieked the guides. The slope at Dr Hamel's end of the party was not
+steep,--barely more than 30°--but up above it was more rapid. The
+leading guides were carried straightway off their feet. Hamel was also
+swept away by the gathering mass of snow. Using his arms as if
+swimming, he managed to bring his head to the surface, and as he did
+so the moving snow slowed down and stopped. In those few moments, some
+1200 feet had been descended. At first Dr Hamel thought that he alone
+had been carried away, but presently he saw his English friends and
+their guides--no more.
+
+"Where are the others?" cried Dr Hamel. Balmat, who a moment before
+had let his brother pass on to the head of the party, wrung his hands
+and answered, "The others are in the crevasse!"
+
+The crevasse! Strange that all had forgotten it! The avalanche had
+poured into it, filling it to the brim.
+
+"A terrible panic set in. The guides lost all self-control. Some
+walked about aimlessly, uttering loud cries. Matthieu Balmat sat in
+sullen silence, rejecting all kind offices with an irritation which
+made it painful to approach him. Dornford threw himself on the snow in
+despair, and Henderson, says Hamel, 'was in a condition which made one
+fear for the consequences.' A few minutes later two other guides
+extricated themselves, but the remaining three were seen no more.
+Hamel and Henderson descended into the crevasse, and made every
+possible attempt to find the lost guides, but without avail; the
+surviving guides forced them to come out, and sore at heart they
+returned to Chamonix.
+
+"The three guides who were lost were Pierre Carrier, Pierre Balmat,
+and Auguste Tairraz. They were the three foremost in the line and felt
+the first effects of the avalanche. Matthieu Balmat, who was fourth in
+the line, saved himself by his great personal strength and by presence
+of mind. Julien Dévouassoud was hurled across the crevasse, and Joseph
+Marie Couttet was dragged out senseless by his companions, 'nearly
+black from the weight of snow which had fallen upon him.'"[3]
+
+Scientific men had already begun to give attention to the movement of
+glaciers. In addition to this, cases had occurred where the remains
+of persons lost on glaciers had been recovered years afterwards. A
+travelling seller of hats, crossing the Tschingel Glacier on his way
+from the Bernese Oberland to Valais, had fallen into a crevasse.
+Eventually his body and his stock of merchandise was found at the end
+of the glacier. Near the Grimsel, the remains of a child were
+discovered in the ice. An old man remembered that many years before a
+little boy had disappeared in that locality and must doubtless have
+been lost in a crevasse. These facts were probably known to Dr Hamel,
+and he made the remark that perhaps in a thousand years, the bodies of
+his guides might be found. Forbes, who knew more of the subject,
+believed that, travelling in the ice, they would reach the end of the
+glacier in forty years.
+
+He was right, for on 15th August 1861, his "bold prediction was
+verified, and the ice give up its dead." On that day, the guide,
+Ambrose Simond, who happened to be with some tourists on the lower
+part of the Glacier des Bossons, discovered some pieces of clothing
+and human bones. From that time until 1864 the glacier did not cease
+to render up, piece by piece, the remains and the belongings of the
+three victims.
+
+An accident, very similar to that which befell Dr Hamel's party, took
+place in 1866. This has for me a very special interest, as I have met
+the brother of the Englishman who perished, and have examined all the
+documents, letters, newspaper cuttings, and photographs relating to
+the catastrophe. The guide, Sylvain Couttet, an old friend of mine,
+since dead, has given a moving account of the sad event. Sylvain knew
+Mont Blanc better than any other native of Chamonix, and though when I
+knew him he had given up guiding, he desired to add one more ascent of
+the great white peak to his record, for at that time he had been up
+ninety-nine times. I accordingly invited him to come with my party
+when we climbed it from the Italian side. He did so--he had never been
+up that way before--and I well remember how he slipped himself free of
+the rope after the last rocks, saying, "Ah, you young people, you go
+on. The old man will follow." Alone he arrived on the top, strode
+about over its snowy dome as if to say good-bye, and was just as ready
+for his work as any of us when, in a stiff gale, we descended the
+ridge of the Bosses.
+
+But to return to what is known as the Arkwright accident.
+
+In the year 1866, Henry Arkwright, a young man of twenty-nine,
+aide-de-camp to the Lord-Lieutenant of Ireland, was travelling in
+Switzerland with his mother and two sisters. Writing from Geneva on
+3rd September to a member of his family, he said, "We have ventured to
+try our luck higher up, as the weather is so warm and settled--as
+otherwise I should leave Switzerland without seeing a glacier." On
+what an apparent chance--a run of fine weather--do great issues
+depend!
+
+The party shortly afterwards moved on to Chamonix, where many
+excursions were made, thanks to the beautiful weather which still
+continued. It had now become quite the fashion to go up Mont Blanc, so
+one is not surprised that Henry Arkwright, though no climber, decided
+to make the attempt. One of his sisters went with him as far as the
+hut at the Grands Mulets, and they were accompanied by the guide
+Michael Simond, and the porters Joseph and François Tournier. Another
+party proposed also to go up. It consisted of two persons only,
+Sylvain Couttet and an _employé_ of the Hotel Royal named Nicolas
+Winhart, whom Sylvain had promised to conduct to the top when he had
+time and opportunity. It was the 12th October when they left Chamonix,
+and all went well across the crevassed Glacier des Bossons, and they
+duly reached their night quarters.
+
+While the climbers were absent next day, Miss Fanny Arkwright employed
+herself with writing and finishing a sketch for her brother.
+
+Meanwhile the two parties, having set out at an early hour, advanced
+quickly up the snow-slopes. The days were short, and it was desirable
+to take the most direct route. For years the Ancien Passage had been
+abandoned, and the more circuitous way by the Corridor used instead.
+However, the snow was in good order, and as up to then no accidents
+had happened through falling ice, this danger was little dreaded,
+though it is sometimes a very real one in the Ancien Passage. So the
+guides advised that this should be the way chosen, and both parties
+directed their steps accordingly. Sylvain Couttet has left a
+remarkable description of the events which followed, and portions of
+this I now translate from his own words as they appeared in _The
+Alpine Journal_.
+
+The two parties were together at the beginning of the steep
+snow-slope. Sylvain's narrative here commences:--"I said to the
+porter, Joseph Tournier, who had thus far been making the tracks, 'Let
+us pass on ahead; you have worked long enough. To each of us his
+share!' It was to this kindly thought for my comrade that, without the
+slightest doubt, Winhart and I owe our salvation! We had been walking
+for about ten minutes near some very threatening _séracs_ when a crack
+was heard above us a little to the right. Without reasoning, I
+instinctively cried, 'Walk quickly!' and I rushed forwards, while
+someone behind me exclaimed, 'Not in that direction!'
+
+"I heard nothing more; the wind of the avalanche caught me and carried
+me away in its furious descent. 'Lie down!' I called, and at the same
+moment I desperately drove my stick into the harder snow beneath, and
+crouched down on hands and knees, my head bent and turned towards the
+hurricane. I felt the blocks of ice passing over my back, particles of
+snow were swept against my face, and I was deafened by a terrible
+cracking sound like thunder.
+
+"It was only after eight or ten minutes that the air began to clear,
+and then, always clinging to my axe, I perceived Winhart 6 feet below
+me, with the point of his stick firmly planted in the ice. The rope by
+which we were tied to each other was intact. I saw nothing beyond
+Winhart except the remains of the cloud of snow and a chaos of
+ice-blocks spread over an area of about 600 feet.
+
+"I called out at the top of my voice--no answer--I became like a
+madman, I burst out crying, I began to call out again--always the
+same silence--the silence of death.
+
+"I pulled out my axe, I untied the rope which joined us, and both of
+us, with what energy remained to us, with our brains on fire and our
+hearts oppressed with grief, commenced to explore in every direction
+the enormous mountain of shattered ice-blocks which lay below us.
+Finally, about 150 feet further down I saw a knapsack--then a man. It
+was François Tournier, his face terribly mutilated, and his skull
+smashed in by a piece of ice. The cord had been broken between
+Tournier and the man next to him. We continued our search in the
+neighbourhood of his body, but after two hours' work could find
+nothing more. It was vain to make further efforts! Nothing was visible
+amongst the masses of _débris_, as big as houses, and we had no tools
+except my axe and Winhart's stick. We drew the body of poor Tournier
+after us as far as the Grand Plateau, and with what strength remained
+to us we descended as fast as we could towards the hut at the Grands
+Mulets, where a terrible ordeal awaited me--the announcement of the
+catastrophe to Miss Arkwright.
+
+"The poor child was sitting quietly occupied with her sketching.
+
+"'Well, Sylvain!' she cried on seeing me, 'All has gone well?'
+
+"'Not altogether, Mademoiselle,' I replied, not knowing how to begin.
+
+"Mademoiselle looked at me, noticed my bent head and my eyes full of
+tears--she rose, came towards me--'What is the matter? Tell me all!'
+
+"I could only answer, 'Have courage, Mademoiselle.'
+
+"She understood me. The brave young girl knelt down and prayed for a
+few moments, and then got up pale, calm, dry-eyed. 'Now you can tell
+me everything,' she said, 'I am ready.'
+
+ * * * * *
+
+"She insisted on accompanying me at once to Chamonix, where she, in
+her turn, would have to break the sad tidings to her mother and
+sister.
+
+"At the foot of the mountain the sister of Mademoiselle met us, happy
+and smiling.
+
+"Do not ask me any more details of that awful day, I have not the
+strength to tell them to you."
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Thirty-one years passed, when, in 1897, Colonel Arkwright, a brother
+of Henry Arkwright's, received the following telegram from the Mayor
+of Chamonix:
+
+"Restes Henry Arkwright peri Mont Blanc 1866 retrouvés."
+
+Once more the glacier had given up its dead, and during these
+thirty-one years the body of Henry Arkwright had descended 9000 feet
+in the ice and had been rendered back to his family at the foot of the
+glacier.
+
+The remains of the Englishman were buried at Chamonix, and perhaps
+never has so pathetic a service been held there as that which
+consigned to the earth what was left of him who thirty-one years
+before had been snatched away in the mighty grip of the avalanche.
+
+Many belongings of the lost one's came by degrees to light. A
+pocket-handkerchief was intact, and on it as well as on his
+shirt-front, Henry Arkwright's name and that of his regiment written
+in marking-ink were legible. Though the shirt was torn to pieces, yet
+two of the studs and the collar-stud were still in the button-holes
+and uninjured. The gold pencil-case (I have handled it), opened and
+shut as smoothly as it had ever done, and on the watch-chain there was
+not a scratch. A pair of gloves were tied together with a boot-lace
+which his sister remembered taking from her own boot so that he might
+have a spare one, and coins, a used cartridge, and various other odds
+and ends, were all recovered from the ice.
+
+The remains of the guides had been found and brought down soon after
+the accident, but that of Henry Arkwright had been buried too deeply
+to be discovered.
+
+In connection with the preservation of bodies in ice the following
+extract from _The Daily Telegraph_ for 10th May 1902 is of great
+interest. It is headed:
+
+MAMMOTH 8000 YEARS OLD
+
+ Reuter's representative has had an interview with Mr J.
+ Talbot Clifton, who has lately returned from an expedition
+ in Northern Siberia, undertaken for the purpose of
+ discovering new species of animals.
+
+ Mr Clifton gives the following account of the Herz mammoth,
+ which he saw on his arrival at Irkutsk. "It is," he said,
+ "about the size of an elephant, which it resembles somewhat
+ in form. It possesses a trunk, has five toes instead of
+ four, and is a heavy beast. It is supposed to have lived
+ about 8000 years ago. Its age was probably not more than
+ twenty-six years--very young for a mammoth. Its flesh was
+ quite complete, except for a few pieces which had been
+ bitten at by wolves or bears. Most of the hair on the body
+ had been scraped away by ice, but its mane and near foreleg
+ were in perfect preservation and covered with long hair.
+ The hair of the mane was from 4 in. to 5 in. long, and of a
+ yellowish brown colour, while its left leg was covered with
+ black hair. In its stomach was found a quantity of
+ undigested food, and on its tongue was the herbage which it
+ had been eating when it died. This was quite green."
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[3] _The Annals of Mont Blanc_, by C. E. Mathews.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+THE MOST TERRIBLE OF ALL ALPINE TRAGEDIES
+
+
+There is no great mountain in the Alps so easy to ascend as Mont
+Blanc. There is not one on which there has been such a deplorable loss
+of life. The very facility with which Mont Blanc can be climbed has
+tempted hundreds of persons totally unused to and unfitted for
+mountaineering to go up it, while the tariff for the guides--£4
+each--has called into existence a crowd of incapable and inexperienced
+men who are naturally unable, when the need for it arrives, to face
+conditions that masters of craft would have avoided by timely retreat.
+
+The great danger of Mont Blanc is its enormous size, and to be lost on
+its slopes in a snow-storm which may continue for days is an
+experience few have survived. On a rocky mountain there are landmarks
+which are of the utmost value in time of fog, but when all is snow and
+the tracks are obliterated as soon as made, can we wonder if the
+results have been disastrous when a poorly equipped party has
+encountered bad weather?
+
+Of all the sad accidents which have happened on Mont Blanc, none
+exceeds in pathos that in which Messrs Bean, M'Corkindale, Randall,
+and eight guides perished. None of these gentlemen had any experience
+of mountaineering. Stimulated rather than deterred by the account
+given by two climbers who had just come down from the mountain, and
+had had a narrow escape owing to bad weather, these three men, with
+their guides, who were "probably about the worst who were then on the
+Chamonix roll," set out for the Grands Mulets. The weather was
+doubtful, nevertheless the next morning they started upwards, leaving
+their only compass at their night quarters.
+
+During the whole of that 6th of September the big telescope at the
+Châlet of Plan-Praz above Chamonix was fixed on their route, but they
+could only be seen from time to time, as the mountain was constantly
+hidden by driving clouds. At last they were observed close to the
+rocks known as the Petits Mulets not far below the summit. It was then
+a quarter past two o'clock. There was a terrific wind, and the snow
+was whirled in clouds. The party could be seen lying down on the
+ground, to avoid being swept away by the hurricane.
+
+ [Illustration: These small figures, in a waste of Snow, may help to
+ give some faint idea of the extent of Alpine Snow-fields.]
+
+The Chamonix guide, Sylvain Couttet, had gone to the châlet of
+Pierre-Pointue, where the riding path ends, to await the return of the
+climbers. On the morning of the 7th, as there was still no sign of
+them, Sylvain became uneasy, and mounting to an eminence not far off,
+from which he could see nearly all the route to the Grands Mulets, he
+carefully searched for tracks with the aid of his telescope. Snow had
+fallen during the night, yet there was no trace of footsteps.
+Seriously alarmed, Sylvain hurried back to Pierre-Pointue, sent a man
+who was there to Chamonix in order that a search party might be held
+in readiness, and accompanied by the servant of the little inn he went
+up the Grands Mulets. Sylvain had arranged that if no one was there he
+would put out a signal and the search party would then ascend without
+delay. On reaching the hut at the Grands Mulets his worst fears were
+realised--it was empty. He now quickly regained Chamonix from where
+fourteen guides were just starting. He remounted with them
+immediately. By the time they got a little way above Pierre-Pointue,
+the snow was again falling heavily, it was impossible to go further.
+Next day the weather was so bad that the party had to descend to
+Chamonix, and for several days longer the rain in the valley and the
+snow on the heights continued.
+
+On the 15th the weather cleared, and Sylvain went up to Plan-Praz to
+see if from there any traces of the lost ones could be discovered with
+the telescope. The first glance showed him five black specks near the
+Petit Mulets, which could be nothing else but the bodies of some of
+the victims. On the 16th, with twenty-three other guides, Sylvain
+spent the night at the Grands Mulets. The 17th, they mounted to the
+spot they had examined with the telescope, and there they found the
+bodies of Mr M'Corkindale and two porters. Three hundred feet higher
+was Mr Bean, with his head leaning on his hand, and by him another
+porter. These were in a perfectly natural position, whereas the others
+appeared to have slipped to where they were, as their clothes were
+torn, and the ropes, knapsacks (still containing food), sticks, and so
+on, lay by the others above.
+
+The five bodies were frozen hard. As complete a search as possible was
+now made for the remaining six members of the party, but without
+success. Probably they fell either into a crevasse or down the Italian
+side of the mountain.
+
+It is no wonder that Mr Mathews calls this "the most lamentable
+catastrophe ever known in the annals of Alpine adventure."
+
+But the most pathetic part of the story is to come.
+
+During those terrible, hopeless hours Mr Bean had made notes of what
+was happening, and they tell us all we shall ever know about the
+disaster:
+
+"_Tuesday, 6th September._--I have made the ascent of Mont Blanc with
+ten persons--eight guides, Mr M'Corkindale, and Mr Randall. We arrived
+at the summit at half-past two o'clock. Immediately after leaving it I
+was enveloped in clouds of snow. We passed the night in a grotto
+excavated out of the snow, affording very uncomfortable shelter, and I
+was ill all night. _7th September, morning._--Intense cold--much snow,
+which falls uninterruptedly. Guides restless. _7th September,
+evening._--We have been on Mont Blanc for two days in a terrible
+snowstorm; we have lost our way, and are in a hole scooped out of the
+snow at a height of 15,000 feet. I have no hope of descending. Perhaps
+this book may be found and forwarded. We have no food. My feet are
+already frozen, and I am exhausted. I have only strength to write a
+few words. I die in the faith of Jesus Christ, with affectionate
+thoughts of my family--my remembrance to all. I trust we may meet in
+heaven."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+A WONDERFUL SLIDE DOWN A WALL OF ICE
+
+
+Twice at least in the Alps climbers have lost their footing at the top
+of a steep slope, and rolled down it for so long a distance that it
+seemed impossible they could survive. The two plucky mountaineers who
+have competed in an involuntary race to the bottom of a frozen
+hillside are Mr Birkbeck, in his famous slide near Mont Blanc, and Mr
+Whymper, when he made his startling glissade on the Matterhorn.
+
+It was in July 1861 that a party of friends, whose names are well
+known to all climbers, set out to cross a high glacier pass in the
+chain of Mont Blanc. The Revs. Leslie Stephen, Charles Hudson, and
+Messrs Tuckett, Mather, and Birkbeck were the travellers, while in
+addition to the three magnificent guides, Melchior Anderegg, Perren,
+and Bennen, there were two local guides from the village of St
+Gervais.
+
+Let me give the account of the accident in Mr Hudson's own words. How
+sad to think that, only four years later, this capable and brave
+mountaineer himself perished on the grim north slopes of the
+Matterhorn!
+
+The Col de Miage is reached by a steep slope of ice or frozen snow,
+and is just a gap in the chain of peaks which runs south-west from
+Mont Blanc. Col is the word used for a pass in French-speaking
+districts.
+
+"On the morning of the 11th, at 3.30, we left the friendly rock on or
+near which we had passed the night, and at 7 o'clock we had reached
+the summit of the Col de Miage. Here we sat down on a smooth, hard
+plain of snow, and had our second breakfast. Shortly afterwards
+Birkbeck had occasion to leave us for a few minutes, though his
+departure was not remarked at the time. When we discovered his
+absence, Melchior followed his footsteps, and I went after him, and,
+to our dismay, we saw the tracks led to the edge of the ice-slope, and
+then suddenly stopped. The conclusion was patent at a glance. I was
+fastening two ropes together, and Melchior had already bound one end
+round his chest, with a view to approach or even descend a portion of
+the slope for a better view, when some of the party descried Birkbeck
+a long way below us. He had fallen an immense distance.
+
+"My first impulse led me to wish that Melchior and I should go down to
+Birkbeck as fast as possible, and leave the rest to follow with the
+ropes; but on proposing this plan some of the party objected. For a
+considerable time Birkbeck shouted to us, not knowing whether we could
+see his position. His course had been arrested at a considerable
+distance above the bottom of the slope, by what means we know not; and
+just below him stretched a snow-covered crevasse, across which he must
+pass if he went further. We shouted to him to remain where he was, but
+no distinguishable sounds reached him; and to our dismay we presently
+saw him gradually moving downwards--then he stopped--again he moved
+forwards and again--he was on the brink of the crevasse; but we could
+do nothing for him. At length he slipped down upon the slope of snow
+which bridged the abyss. I looked anxiously to see if it would support
+his weight, and, to my relief, a small black speck continued visible.
+This removed my immediate cause of apprehension, and after a time he
+moved clear of this frail support down to the point where we
+afterwards joined him. Bennen was first in the line, and after we had
+descended some distance he untied himself and went down to Birkbeck.
+It was 9.30 when we reached him. He told us he was becoming faint and
+suffering from cold. On hearing this, Melchoir and I determined to
+delay no longer, and, accordingly, unroped and trotted down to the
+point where we could descend from the rocks to the slope upon which he
+was lying. Arrived at the place, I sat on the snow, and let Birkbeck
+lean against me, while I asked him if he felt any internal injury or
+if his ribs pained him. His manner of answering gave me strong grounds
+for hoping that there was little to fear on that score."
+
+Mr Hudson gives a graphic description of poor Mr Birkbeck's appearance
+when he was found on the snow. "His legs, thighs, and the lower part
+of his body were quite naked, with his trousers down about his feet.
+By his passage over the snow, the skin was removed from the outside of
+the legs and thighs, the knees, and the whole of the lower part of the
+back, and part of the ribs, together with some from the nose and
+forehead. He had not lost much blood, but he presented a most ghastly
+spectacle of bloody raw flesh. This, added to his great prostration,
+and our consciousness of the distance and difficulties which separated
+him from any bed, rendered the sight most trying. He never lost
+consciousness. He afterwards described his descent as one of extreme
+rapidity, too fast to allow of his realising the sentiment of fear,
+but not sufficiently so to deprive him of thought. Sometimes he
+descended feet first, sometimes head first, then he went sideways, and
+once or twice he had the sensation of shooting through the air.
+
+"The slope where he first lost his footing was gentle, and he tried to
+stop himself with his fingers and nails, but the snow was too hard. He
+had no fear during the descent, owing to the extreme rapidity; but
+when he came to a halt on the snow, and was ignorant as to whether we
+saw, or could reach him, he experienced deep anguish of mind in the
+prospect of a lingering death. Happily, however, the true Christian
+principles in which he had been brought up, led him to cast himself
+upon the protection of that merciful Being who alone could help him.
+His prayers were heard, and immediately answered by the removal of his
+fears."
+
+The account of how the injured man was brought down to the valley is
+very exciting. Mr Hudson continues:--"The next thing was to get him
+down as fast as possible, and the sledge suggested itself as the most
+feasible plan. Only the day before, at Contamines, I had had the
+boards made for it, and without them the runners (which, tied
+together, served me as an alpenstock) would have been useless. Two or
+three attempts were made before I could get the screws to fit the
+holes in the boards and runners, and poor Melchior, who was watching
+me, began to show signs of despair. At length the operation was
+completed, and the sledge was ready. We spread a plaid, coats, and
+flannel shirts over the boards, then laid Birkbeck at full length on
+them, and covered him as well as we could.
+
+"Now came the 'tug-of-war,' for the snow was much softened by the sun,
+the slope was steep, and there were several crevasses ahead; added to
+this, there was difficulty in getting good hold of the sledge, and
+every five or six steps one of the bearers plunged so deeply in the
+snow that we were obliged to halt. Birkbeck was all the time shivering
+so much that the sledge was sensibly shaken, and all the covering we
+could give him was but of little use.
+
+"I was well aware of the great danger Birkbeck was in, owing to the
+vast amount of skin which was destroyed, and I felt that every quarter
+of an hour saved was of very great importance; still the frequent
+delay could not be avoided."
+
+So matters continued till the party was clear of the glacier. Then Mr
+Tuckett went ahead to Chamonix, a ten hours' tramp or so, in search
+of an English doctor, and on the way left orders for a carriage to be
+sent as far as there was a driving road, to meet the wounded man, and
+more men beyond to help in carrying him. The chief part of the
+transport was done by the three great guides, Melchoir, Bennen, and
+Perren, and was often over "abrupt slopes of rock, which to an
+ordinary walker would have appeared difficult, even without anything
+to carry. We had so secured Birkbeck with ropes and straps, that he
+could not slip off the sledge, otherwise he would on these occasions
+at once have parted company with his stretcher, and rolled down the
+rocks."
+
+At last, after incredible toil, they reached the pastures, and at
+about three o'clock in the afternoon eight hours after the accident,
+they got to the home of one of the guides, where they were able to
+make poor Mr Birkbeck more comfortable before undertaking the rest of
+the journey, warming his feet and wrapping him in blankets. For two
+hours more the poor fellow had to be carried down, and then they met
+the carriage, in which he was driven to St Gervais, accompanied by the
+doctor from Chamonix.
+
+Thanks to the skilful treatment and excellent nursing he received, Mr
+Birkbeck made a good recovery, though, of course, it was weeks before
+he could leave his bed.
+
+Mr Hudson ends his wonderfully interesting narrative with an account
+of a visit he paid later in the season to the place where the accident
+happened. He says "The result of our observations is as follows: 'The
+height of the Col de Miage is 11,095. The height of the point at which
+Birkbeck finally came to a standstill is 9328 feet; so the distance he
+fell is, in _perpendicular_ height, 1767 feet." As part of the slope
+would be at a gentle angle, one may believe that the slip was over
+something like a mile of surface! Mr Hudson continues:--"During the
+intervening three weeks, vast changes had taken place in the glacier.
+The snowy coating had left the couloir in parts, thus exposing ice in
+the line of Birkbeck's course, as well as a rock mid-way in the slope,
+against which our poor friend would most likely have struck, had the
+accident happened later.
+
+"This is one of that long chain of providential arrangements, by the
+combination of which we were enabled to save Birkbeck's life.
+
+ (1) The recent snow, and favourable state of the glacier,
+ enabled us to take an easier and much quicker route, if not
+ the only one possible for a wounded man.
+
+ (2) We had a singularly strong party of guides, without
+ which we could not have got him down in time to afford any
+ chance of his recovery.
+
+ (3) If we had not had real efficient men as travellers in
+ the party we should not have got the telegram sent to
+ Geneva; and a few hours' delay in the arrival of Dr
+ Metcalfe would probably have been fatal.
+
+ (4) The day was perfectly calm and cloudless; had there
+ been wind or absence of sun, the cold might have been too
+ much for such a shaken system to bear.
+
+ (5) We had with us the very unusual addition of a sledge,
+ without which it would have been scarcely possible to have
+ carried him down.
+
+"One thing there was which greatly lessened the mental trial to those
+engaged in bringing Birkbeck down to St Gervais, and afterwards in
+attending upon him, and that was, his perfect calmness and
+patience--and of these I cannot speak too highly. No doubt it
+contributed greatly to his recovery."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+AN ADVENTURE ON THE TRIFT PASS
+
+
+Few passes leading out of the Valley of Zermatt are oftener crossed
+than the Trift. It is not considered a difficult pass, but the rocks
+on the Zinal side are loose and broken and the risk of falling stones
+is great at certain hours in the day. The Zinal side of the Trift is
+in shadow in the early morning, and therefore most climbers will
+either make so early a start from the Zermatt side that they can be
+sure of descending the dangerous part before the sun has thawed the
+icy fetters which hold the stones together during the night, or else
+they will set out from the Zinal side, and sleep at a little inn on a
+patch of rocks which jut out from the glacier at the foot of the pass,
+from which the top of the Trift can be reached long before there is
+any risk from a cannonade.
+
+One of the earliest explorers of this pass, however, Mr Thomas W.
+Hinchliff, neglected the precaution of a sufficiently early start,
+and his party very nearly came to grief in consequence.
+
+He has given us an excellent description in _Peaks, Passes, and
+Glaciers_ of what befell after they had got over the great
+difficulties, as they seemed in those days, of descending the steep
+wall of rock on the Zinal side. I will now begin to quote from his
+article:
+
+"Being thoroughly tired of the rocks, we resolved as soon as possible
+to get upon the ice where it swept the base of the precipices. The
+surface, however, was furrowed by parallel channels of various
+magnitudes; some several feet in depth, formed originally by the
+descent of stones and avalanches from the heights; and we found one of
+these troughlike furrows skirting the base of the rocks we stood upon.
+One by one we entered, flattering ourselves that the covering of snow
+would afford us pretty good footing, but this soon failed; the hard
+blue ice showed on the surface, and we found ourselves rather in a
+difficulty, for the sides of our furrow were higher here than at the
+point where we entered it, and so overhanging that it was impossible
+to get out.
+
+"Delay was dangerous, for the _débris_ far below warned us that at any
+moment a shower of stones might come flying down our channel; a
+glissade was equally dangerous; for, though we might have shot down
+safely at an immense speed for some hundreds of feet, we should
+finally have been dashed into a sea of crevasses. Cachat in front
+solved the puzzle, and showed us how, by straddling with the feet as
+far apart as possible, the heel of each foot could find pretty firm
+hold in a mixture of half snow and half ice, his broad back, like a
+solid rock, being ready to check any slip of those behind him.
+
+"We were soon safe upon a fine open plateau of the _névé_, where we
+threaded our way among a few snow crevasses requiring caution, and
+then prepared for a comfortable halt in an apparently safe place.
+
+"The provision knapsacks were emptied and used as seats; bottles of
+red wine were stuck upright in the snow; a goodly leg of cold mutton
+on its sheet of paper formed the centre, garnished with hard eggs and
+bread and cheese, round which we ranged ourselves in a circle. High
+festival was held under the deep blue heavens, and now and then, as we
+looked up at the wonderful wall of rocks which we had descended, we
+congratulated ourselves on the victory. M. Seiler's oranges supplied
+the rare luxury of a dessert, and we were just in the full enjoyment
+of the delicacy when a booming sound, like the discharge of a gun far
+over our heads, made us all at once glance upwards to the top of the
+Trifthorn. Close to its craggy summit hung a cloud of dust, like dirty
+smoke, and in few seconds another and a larger one burst forth several
+hundred feet lower. A glance through the telescope showed that a fall
+of rocks had commenced, and the fragments were leaping down from ledge
+to ledge in a series of cascades. The uproar became tremendous;
+thousands of fragments making every variety of noise according to
+their size, and producing the effect of a fire of musketry and
+artillery combined, thundered downwards from so great a height that we
+waited anxiously for some considerable time to see them reach the
+snow-field below. As nearly as we could estimate the distance, we were
+500 yards from the base of the rocks, so we thought that, come what
+might, we were in a tolerably secure position. At last we saw many of
+the blocks plunge into the snow after taking their last fearful leap;
+presently much larger fragments followed; the noise grew fiercer and
+fiercer, and huge blocks began to fall so near to us that we jumped to
+our feet, preparing to dodge them to the best of our ability. 'Look
+out!' cried someone, and we opened out right and left at the approach
+of a monster, evidently weighing many hundredweights, which was
+coming right at us like a huge shell fired from a mortar. It fell with
+a heavy thud not more than 20 feet from us, scattering lumps of snow
+into the circle."
+
+Years afterwards a very sad accident occurred at this spot, a lady
+being struck and killed by a falling stone. In this case the fatality
+was unquestionably due to the start having been made at too late an
+hour. An inn in the Trift Valley makes it easy to reach the pass soon
+after dawn.
+
+
+THE PERILS OF THE MOMING PASS.
+
+In 1864 many peaks remained unsealed, and passes untraversed in the
+Zermatt district, though now almost every inch of every mountain has
+felt the foot of man. Yet even now few passes have been made there so
+difficult and dangerous (if Mr Whymper's route be exactly followed) as
+that of the Moming, from Zinal to Zermatt. Mr Whymper gives a most
+graphic and exciting description of what befell his party, which
+included Mr Moore and the two famous guides Almer and Croz. Having
+slept at some filthy châlets, the climbers, first passing over easy
+mountain slopes, gained a level glacier. Beyond this a way towards the
+unexplored gap in the ridge, which they called the Moming Pass, had
+to be decided on. The choice lay between difficult and perhaps
+impassable rocks, and an ice-slope so steep and broken that it
+appeared likely to turn out impracticable. In fact it was the sort of
+position that whichever route was chosen the climbers were sure, when
+once on it, to wish it had been the other. Finally, the ice-slope,
+over which a line of ice-cliffs hung threateningly, lurching right
+above the track to be taken, was decided on, and the whole party
+advanced for the attack. Mr Whymper writes:
+
+"Across this ice-slope Croz now proceeded to cut. It was executing a
+flank movement in the face of an enemy by whom we might be attacked at
+any moment. The peril was obvious. It was a monstrous folly. It was
+foolhardiness. A retreat should have been sounded.[4]
+
+"'I am not ashamed to confess,' wrote Moore in his Journal, 'that
+during the whole time we were crossing this slope my heart was in my
+mouth, and I never felt relieved from such a load of care as when,
+after, I suppose, a passage of about twenty minutes, we got on to the
+rocks and were in safety.... I have never heard a positive oath come
+from Almer's mouth, but the language in which he kept up a running
+commentary, more to himself than to me, as we went along, was stronger
+than I should have given him credit for using. His prominent feeling
+seemed to be one of _indignation_ that we should be in such a
+position, and self-reproach at being a party to the proceeding; while
+the emphatic way in which, at intervals, he exclaimed, 'Quick; be
+quick,' sufficiently betokened his alarm.
+
+"It was not necessary to admonish Croz to be quick. He was fully as
+alive to the risk as any of the others. He told me afterwards that
+this place was the most dangerous he had ever crossed, and that no
+consideration whatever would tempt him to cross it again. Manfully did
+he exert himself to escape from the impending destruction. His head,
+bent down to his work, never turned to the right or to the left. One,
+two, three, went his axe, and then he stepped on to the spot he had
+been cutting. How painfully insecure should we have considered those
+steps at any other time! But now, we thought only of the rocks in
+front, and of the hideous _séracs_, lurching over above us, apparently
+in the act of falling.
+
+"We got to the rocks in safety, and if they had been doubly as
+difficult as they were, we should still have been well content. We sat
+down and refreshed the inner man, keeping our eyes on the towering
+pinnacles of ice under which we had passed, but which, now, were
+almost beneath us. Without a preliminary warning sound, one of the
+largest--as high as the Monument at London Bridge--fell upon the slope
+below. The stately mass heeled over as if upon a hinge (holding
+together until it bent thirty degrees forwards), then it crushed out
+its base, and, rent into a thousand fragments, plunged vertically down
+upon the slope that we had crossed! Every atom of our track that was
+in its course was obliterated; all the new snow was swept away, and a
+broad sheet of smooth, glassy ice, showed the resistless force with
+which it had fallen.
+
+"It was inexcusable to follow such a perilous path, but it is easy to
+understand why it was taken. To have retreated from the place where
+Croz suggested a change of plan, to have descended below the reach of
+danger, and to have mounted again by the route which Almer suggested,
+would have been equivalent to abandoning the excursion; for no one
+would have passed another night in the châlet on the Arpitetta Alp.
+'Many' says Thucydides, 'though seeing well the perils ahead, are
+forced along by fear of dishonour--as the world calls it--so that,
+vanquished by a mere word, they fall into irremediable calamities.'
+Such was nearly the case here. No one could say a word in
+justification of the course which was adopted; all were alive to the
+danger that was being encountered; yet a grave risk was
+deliberately--although unwillingly--incurred, in preference to
+admitting, by withdrawal from an untenable position, that an error of
+judgment had been committed.
+
+"After a laborious trudge over many species of snow, and through many
+varieties of vapour--from the quality of a Scotch mist to that of a
+London fog--we at length stood on the depression between the Rothhorn
+and the Schallhorn.[5] A steep wall of snow was upon the Zinal side of
+the summit; but what the descent was like on the other side we could
+not tell, for a billow of snow tossed over its crest by the western
+winds, suspended o'er Zermatt with motion arrested, resembling an
+ocean-wave frozen in the act of breaking, cut off the view.[6]
+
+"Croz--held hard in by the others, who kept down the Zinal
+side--opened his shoulders, flogged down the foam, and cut away the
+cornice to its junction with the summit; then boldly leaped down and
+called on us to follow him.
+
+"It was well for us now that we had such a man as leader. An inferior
+or less daring guide would have hesitated to enter upon the descent in
+a dense mist; and Croz himself would have done right to pause had he
+been less magnificent in _physique_. He acted, rather than said,
+'Where snow lies fast, there man can go; where ice exists, a way may
+be cut; it is a question of power; I have the power--all you have to
+do is to follow me.' Truly, he did not spare himself, and could he
+have performed the feats upon the boards of a theatre that he did upon
+this occasion, he would have brought down the house with thunders of
+applause. Here is what Moore wrote in _his_ Journal "('The descent
+bore a strong resemblance to the Col de Pilatte, but was very much
+steeper and altogether more difficult, which is saying a good deal.
+Croz was in his element, and selected his way with marvellous
+sagacity, while Almer had an equally honourable and, perhaps, more
+responsible post in the rear, which he kept with his usual
+steadiness.... One particular passage has impressed itself on my mind
+as one of the most nervous I have ever made. We had to pass along a
+crest of ice, a mere knife-edge,--on our left a broad crevasse, whose
+bottom was lost in blue haze, and on our right, at an angle of 70°, or
+more, a slope falling to a similar gulf below. Croz, as he went along
+the edge, chipped small notches in the ice, in which we placed our
+feet, with the toes well turned out, doing all we knew to preserve our
+balance. While stepping from one of these precarious footholds to
+another, I staggered for a moment. I had not really lost my footing;
+but the agonised tone in which Almer, who was behind me, on seeing me
+waver, exclaimed, "Slip not, sir!" gave us an even livelier impression
+than we already had of the insecurity of the position.... One huge
+chasm, whose upper edge was far above the lower one, could neither be
+leaped nor turned, and threatened to prove an insuperable barrier. But
+Croz showed himself equal to the emergency. Held up by the rest of the
+party, he cut a series of holes for the hands and feet down and along
+the almost perpendicular wall of ice forming the upper side of the
+_schrund_. Down this slippery staircase we crept, with our faces to
+the wall, until a point was reached where the width of the chasm was
+not too great for us to drop across. Before we had done, we got quite
+accustomed to taking flying leaps over the _schrunds_.... To make a
+long story short; after a most desperate and exciting struggle, and as
+bad a piece of ice-work as it is possible to imagine, we emerged on to
+the upper plateau of the Hohlicht Glacier.')"
+
+From here, in spite of many further difficulties necessitating a long
+_detour_, the party safely descended to Zermatt by the familiar Trift
+path.
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[4] The responsibility did not rest with Croz. His part was to advise,
+but not to direct.
+
+[5] The summit of the pass has been marked on Dufour's map, 3793
+mètres, or 12,444 feet.
+
+[6] These snow-cornices are common on the crests of high mountain
+ridges, and it is always prudent (just before arriving upon the summit
+of a mountain or ridge), to _sound_ with the alpenstock, that is to
+say, drive it in, to discover whether there is one or not. Men have
+often narrowly escaped losing their lives from neglecting this
+precaution.
+
+These cornices are frequently rolled round in a volute, and sometimes
+take extravagant forms.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+AN EXCITING PASSAGE OF THE COL DE PILATTE
+
+
+Even now the valleys and mountains of Dauphiné are neglected in
+comparison with the ranges of Mont Blanc, Monte Rosa, and other famous
+mountain chains of the Alps. In 1864, when Mr Whymper with his friends
+Messrs Moore and Walker undertook a summer campaign there, it was
+practically unexplored from the climbers' point of view. The party was
+a skilful and experienced one, the guides, Almer and Croz, of the
+highest class, and the _esprit de corps_ in the little army of
+invasion most admirable. Thus it is no wonder that peak after peak
+fell before them, passes were accomplished at the first assault, and
+no accident or annoyance spoilt the splendid series of expeditions
+which were so successfully accomplished. Of these I have taken the
+account of the crossing of the Col de Pilatte, a high glacier pass,
+for, though it was excelled in difficulty by other climbs, yet it is
+so wittily described by Mr Whymper in his _Scrambles in the Alps_,
+and gives so excellent an idea of the sort of work met with on
+glaciers, and the ease with which a thoroughly competent party tackles
+it, that it cannot fail to be read with interest.
+
+The three Englishmen had been joined by a French friend of theirs,
+Monsieur Reynaud, and had left their night quarters at Entraigues at
+3.30 A.M. on the morning of 27th June. Their course was prodigiously
+steep. _In less than two miles difference of latitude they rose one
+mile of absolute height._ The route, however, was not really
+difficult, and they made good progress. They had reached the foot of
+the steep part when I take up the narrative in Mr Whymper's own words:
+
+"At 9.30 A.M. we commenced the ascent of the couloir leading from the
+nameless glacier to a point in the ridge, just to the east of Mont
+Bans.[7] So far the route had been nothing more than a steep grind in
+an angle where little could be seen, but now views opened out in
+several directions, and the way began to be interesting. It was more
+so, perhaps, to us than to our companion M. Reynaud, who had no rest
+in the last night. He was, moreover, heavily laden. Science was to be
+regarded--his pockets were stuffed with books; heights and angles were
+to be observed--his knapsack was filled with instruments; hunger was
+to be guarded against--his shoulders were ornamented with a huge
+nimbus of bread, and a leg of mutton swung behind from his knapsack,
+looking like an overgrown tail. Like a good-hearted fellow he had
+brought this food thinking we might be in need of it. As it happened,
+we were well provided for, and, having our own packs to carry, could
+not relieve him of his superfluous burdens, which, naturally, he did
+not like to throw away. As the angles steepened, the strain on his
+strength became more and more apparent. At last he began to groan. At
+first a most gentle and mellow groan; and as we rose so did his
+groans, till at last the cliffs were groaning in echo, and we were
+moved to laughter.
+
+ [Illustration: START OF A CLIMBING PARTY BY MOONLIGHT.]
+
+ [Illustration: SHADOWS AT SUNRISE.]
+
+ [Illustration: A STANDING GLISSADE.]
+
+ [Illustration: AN EASY DESCENT.]
+
+"Croz cut the way with unflagging energy throughout the whole of the
+ascent, and at 10.45 we stood on the summit of our pass, intending to
+refresh ourselves with a good halt; but just at that moment a mist,
+which had been playing about the ridge, swooped down and blotted out
+the whole of the view on the northern side. Croz was the only one who
+caught a glimpse of the descent, and it was deemed advisable to
+push on immediately, while its recollection was fresh in his memory.
+We are consequently unable to tell anything about the summit of the
+pass, except that it lies immediately to the east of Mont Bans, and is
+elevated about 11,300 feet above the level of the sea. It is one of
+the highest passes in Dauphiné. We called it the Col de Pilatte.
+
+"We commenced to descend towards the Glacier de Pilatte by a slope of
+smooth ice, the face of which, according to the measurement of Mr
+Moore, had an inclination of 54°! Croz still led, and the others
+followed at intervals of about 15 feet, all being tied together, and
+Almer occupying the responsible position of last man: the two guides
+were therefore about 70 feet apart. They were quite invisible to each
+other from the mist, and looked spectral even to us. But the strong
+man could be heard by all hewing out the steps below, while every now
+and then the voice of the steady man pierced the cloud: 'Slip not,
+dear sirs; place well your feet; stir not until you are certain.'
+
+"For three-quarters of an hour we progressed in this fashion. The axe
+of Croz all at once stopped. 'What is the matter, Croz?' 'Bergschrund,
+gentlemen.' 'Can we get over?' 'Upon my word, I don't know; I think we
+must jump.' The clouds rolled away right and left as he spoke. The
+effect was dramatic! It was a _coup de théâtre_, preparatory to the
+'great sensation leap' which was about to be executed by the entire
+company.
+
+"Some unseen cause, some cliff or obstruction in the rocks underneath,
+had caused our wall of ice to split into two portions, and the huge
+fissure which had thus been formed extended, on each hand, as far as
+could be seen. We, on the slope above, were separated from the slope
+below by a mighty crevasse. No running up and down to look for an
+easier place to cross could be done on an ice-slope of 54°; the chasm
+had to be passed then and there.
+
+"A downward jump of 15 or 16 feet, and a forward leap of 7 or 8 feet
+had to be made at the same time. That is not much, you will say. It
+was not much. It was not the quantity, but it was the quality of the
+jump which gave to it its particular flavour. You had to hit a narrow
+ridge of ice. If that was passed, it seemed as if you might roll down
+for ever and ever. If it was not attained, you dropped into the
+crevasse below, which, although partly choked by icicles and snow that
+had fallen from above, was still gaping in many places, ready to
+receive an erratic body.
+
+"Croz untied Walker in order to get rope enough, and warning us to
+hold fast, sprang over the chasm. He alighted cleverly on his feet;
+untied himself and sent up the rope to Walker, who followed his
+example. It was then my turn, and I advanced to the edge of the ice.
+The second which followed was what is called a supreme moment. That is
+to say, I felt supremely ridiculous. The world seemed to revolve at a
+frightful pace, and my stomach to fly away. The next moment I found
+myself sprawling in the snow, and then, of course, vowed that it was
+nothing, and prepared to encourage my friend Reynaud.
+
+"He came to the edge and made declarations. I do not believe that he
+was a whit more reluctant to pass the place than we others, but he was
+infinitely more demonstrative--in a word, he was French. He wrung his
+hands, 'Oh! what a _diable_ of a place!' 'It is nothing, Reynaud,' I
+said, 'it is nothing.' 'Jump,' cried the others, 'jump.' But he turned
+round, as far as one can do such a thing in an ice-step, and covered
+his face with his hands, ejaculating, 'Upon my word, it is not
+possible. No! no! no! it is not possible.'
+
+"How he came over I scarcely know. We saw a toe--it seemed to belong
+to Moore; we saw Reynaud a flying body, coming down as if taking a
+header into water; with arms and legs all abroad, his leg of mutton
+flying in the air, his bâton escaped from his grasp; and then we heard
+a thud as if a bundle of carpets had been pitched out of a window.
+When set upon his feet he was a sorry spectacle; his head was a great
+snowball; brandy was trickling out of one side of the knapsack,
+chartreuse out of the other--we bemoaned its loss, but we roared with
+laughter.
+
+"I cannot close this chapter without paying tribute to the ability
+with which Croz led us, through a dense mist, down the remainder of
+the Glacier de Pilatte. As an exhibition of strength and skill, it has
+seldom been surpassed in the Alps or elsewhere. On this almost unknown
+and very steep glacier, he was perfectly at home, even in the mists.
+Never able to see 50 feet ahead, he still went on with the utmost
+certainty, and without having to retrace a single step; and displayed
+from first to last consummate knowledge of the materials with which he
+was dealing. Now he cut steps down one side of a _sérac_, went with a
+dash at the other side, and hauled us up after him; then cut away
+along a ridge until a point was gained from which we could jump on to
+another ridge; then, doubling back, found a snow-bridge, over which he
+crawled on hands and knees, towed us across by the legs, ridiculing
+our apprehensions, mimicking our awkwardness, declining all help,
+bidding us only to follow him.
+
+"About 1 P.M. we emerged from the mist and found ourselves just
+arrived upon the level portion of the glacier, having, as Reynaud
+properly remarked, come down as quickly as if there had not been any
+mist at all. Then we attacked the leg of mutton which my friend had so
+thoughtfully brought with him, and afterwards raced down, with renewed
+energy, to La Bérarde."
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[7] The upper part of the southern side of the Col de Pilatte, and the
+small glaciers spoken of on p. 211, can be seen from the high road
+leading from Briançon to Mont Dauphin, between the 12th and 13th
+kilomètre stones (from Briançon).
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+AN ADVENTURE ON THE ALETSCH GLACIER
+
+
+Mr William Longman, a former Vice-President of the Alpine Club, has
+given us an interesting account in _The Alpine Journal_ of an exciting
+adventure which happened to his son in August 1862.
+
+The party, consisting of Mr Longman, his son, aged fifteen, two
+friends, two guides, and a porter, set out one lovely morning from the
+Eggischhorn Hotel for an excursion on the Great Aletsch Glacier. The
+names of the guides were Fedier and Andreas Weissenflüh.
+
+Mr Longman writes:--"We started in high spirits; the glacier was in
+perfect order; no fresh snow covered the ice; the crevasses were all
+unhidden; and no one thought it necessary to use the rope. I felt it
+to be a wise precaution, however, to place my son, a boy of fifteen
+years of age, under the care of the Eggischhorn porter. It was his
+second visit to Switzerland, and he could, I am sure, have taken good
+care of himself, but I felt it was my duty to place him under the care
+of a guide. I have no wish to throw undeserved blame on the guide; but
+his carelessness was unquestionably the cause of the accident. He
+began wrong, and I ought to have interfered. He tied his handkerchief
+in a knot, and, holding it himself, gave it to my son to hold also in
+his hand. This was worse than useless, and, in fact, was the cause of
+danger, for it partly deprived him of that free and active use of his
+limbs which is essential to safety. It threw him off his guard. Except
+at a crevasse, it was unnecessary for the boy to have anything to hold
+by; and, at a crevasse, the handkerchief would have been insufficient.
+The impression that there was no real danger, and that all that was
+required was caution in crossing the crevasses, prevented my
+interfering. So the guide went on, his hand holding the handkerchief
+behind him, and my son following, his hand also holding the
+handkerchief. Many a time I complained to the guide that he took my
+boy over wide parts of the crevasses because he would not trouble
+himself to diverge from his path, and many a time did I compel him to
+turn aside to a narrower chasm. At last, I was walking a few yards to
+his left, and had stepped over a narrow crevasse, when I was startled
+by an exclamation. I turned round suddenly, and my son was out of
+sight! I will not harrow up my own feelings, or those of my readers,
+by attempting to describe the frightful anguish that struck me to the
+heart; but will only relate, plainly and calmly, all that took place.
+When my son fell, the crevasse, which I had crossed so easily, became
+wider, and its two sides were joined by a narrow ridge of ice. It was
+obviously impossible to ascertain exactly what had taken place; but I
+am convinced that the guide went on in his usual thoughtless way, with
+his hand behind him, drawing my son after him, and that, as soon as he
+placed his foot on the narrow ridge, he slipped and fell. I rushed to
+the edge of the crevasse and called out to my poor boy. To my
+inexpressible delight he at once answered me calmly and plainly. As I
+afterwards ascertained, he was 50 feet from me, and neither could he
+see us nor we see him. But he was evidently unhurt; he was not
+frightened, and he was not beyond reach. In an instant Weissenflüh was
+ready to descend into the crevasse. He buckled on one of my belts,[8]
+fixed it to the rope, and told us to lower him down. My two friends
+and I, and the other two guides, held on to the rope, and slowly and
+gradually, according to Weissenflüh's directions, we paid it out. It
+was a slow business, but we kept on encouraging my son, and receiving
+cheery answers from him in return. At last Weissenflüh told us, to our
+intense joy, that he had reached my son, that he had hold of him, and
+that we might haul up. Strongly and steadily we held on, drawing both
+the boy and the guide, as we believed, nearer and nearer, till at
+length, to our inexpressible horror, we drew up Weissenflüh alone. He
+had held my son by the collar of his coat. The cloth was wet, his hand
+was cold, and the coat slipped from his grasp. I was told that when my
+boy thus again fell he uttered a cry, but either I heard it not or
+forgot it. The anguish of the moment prevented my noticing it, and,
+fortunately, we none of us lost our presence of mind, but steadily
+held on to the rope. Poor Weissenflüh reached the surface exhausted,
+dispirited, overwhelmed with grief. He threw himself on the glacier in
+terrible agony. In an instant Fedier was ready to descend, and we
+began to lower him; but the crevasse was narrow, and Fedier could not
+squeeze himself through the ice. We had to pull him up again before he
+had descended many feet. By this time the brave young Weissenflüh had
+recovered, and was ready again to go down. But we thought it desirable
+to take the additional precaution of lowering the other rope, with one
+of the belts securely fixed to it. My son quickly got hold of it, and
+placed the belt round his body, but he told us his hands were too cold
+to buckle it. Weissenflüh now again descended, and soon he told us he
+had fixed the belt. With joyful heart some hauled away at one rope and
+some at the other, till at length, after my son had been buried in the
+ice for nearly half an hour, both he and the guide were brought to the
+surface.... Let a veil rest over the happiness of meeting. My boy's
+own account of what befell him is, that he first fell sideways on to a
+ledge in the crevasse, and then vertically, but providentially with
+his feet downwards, till his progress was arrested by the narrowness
+of the crevasse. He says he is sure he was stopped by being wedged in,
+because his feet were hanging loose. His arms were free. He believes
+the distance he fell, when Weissenflüh dropped him, was about three or
+four yards, and that he fell to nearly, but not quite, the same place
+as that to which he fell at first, and that, in his first position, he
+could not have put the belt on. His fall was evidently a slide for the
+greater part of the distance; had it been a sheer fall it would have
+been impossible to escape severe injury."
+
+
+A LOYAL COMPANION
+
+The following is taken from _The Times_ of 23rd July 1886.
+
+"On Tuesday, 13th July, Herr F. Burckhardt, member of the Basel
+section of the Swiss Alpine Club, accompanied by the guides Fritz
+Teutschmann and Johann Jossi, both from Grindelwald, made an attempt
+to ascend the Jungfrau from the side of the Little Scheideck. After
+leaving the Guggi cabin the party mounted the glacier of the same
+name. The usual precautions were of course taken--that is to say, the
+three men were roped together, Herr Burckhardt in the middle, one of
+the guides before, the other behind him. When the climbers reached the
+_séracs_, at a point marked on the Siegfried Karte as being at an
+elevation of 2700 mètres, an enormous piece of ice broke off from the
+upper part of the glacier, and came thundering down. Although by good
+fortune the mass of the avalanche did not sweep across the path of the
+three men, they were struck by several large blocks of ice, and sent
+flying. Jossi, who was leading, went head first into a crevasse of
+unfathomable depth, dragging after him Herr Burckhardt, who, however,
+contrived to hold on to the edge of the crevasse, but in such a
+position that he could not budge, and was unable to help either
+himself or Jossi. Their lives at that moment depended absolutely on
+the staunchness of Teutschmann, who alone had succeeded in keeping his
+feet. It was beyond his power to do more; impossible by his own
+unaided strength to haul up the two men who hung by the rope. If he
+had given way a single step all three would have been precipitated to
+the bottom of the crevasse. So there he stood, with feet and ice-axe
+firmly planted, holding on for dear life, conscious that the end was a
+mere question of time, and a very short time; his strength was rapidly
+waning, and then? It would have been easy for the two to escape by
+sacrificing the third. One slash of Burckhardt's knife would have
+freed both Teutschmann and himself. But no such dastardly idea
+occurred to either of them. They were resolved to live or die
+together. Half an hour passed; they had almost abandoned hope, and
+Teutschmann's forces were well-nigh spent, when help came just in time
+to save them. The same morning another party, consisting of two German
+tourists, and the two guides Peter Schlegel and Rudolph Kaufmann, had
+started from the Little Scheideck for the Jungfrau, and coming on
+traces of Burckhardt's party had followed them up, and arrived
+before it was too late on the scene of the accident. Without wasting a
+moment Schlegel went down into the crevasse and fastened Jossi to
+another rope, so that those above were enabled to draw him up and
+release Burckhardt and Teutschmann. Jossi, although bruised and
+exhausted, was able to walk to the Scheideck, and all reached
+Grindelwald in safety."
+
+ [Illustration: ON A SNOW-COVERED GLACIER.
+
+ The party is crossing a Snow Bridge, and the rope between the centre
+ and last man is too slack for safety.]
+
+When it is remembered how few people make this expedition, the escape
+of Mr Burckhardt's party is the more wonderful, and would not have
+been possible unless other climbers had taken the same route that day.
+This way up the Jungfrau is always somewhat exposed to falling ice,
+though sometimes it is less dangerous than at other times. As the
+editor of _The Alpine Journal_ has written, "no amount of experience
+can avail against falling missiles, and the best skill of the
+mountaineer is shown in keeping out of their way."
+
+
+A BRAVE GUIDE
+
+The brave actions of guides are so many in number that it would be
+impossible to tell of them all, and many noble deeds have never found
+their way into print. The following, however, is related of a guide
+with whom I have made many ascents, and is furthermore referred to in
+_The Alpine Journal_ as "an act of bravery for which it would be hard
+to find a parallel in the annals of mountaineering."
+
+On 1st September 1898, a party of two German gentlemen with a couple
+of guides went up Piz Palü, a glacier-clad peak frequently ascended
+from Pontresina. One of the guides was a Tyrolese, Klimmer by name,
+the other a native of the Engadine, Schnitzler.
+
+They had completed the ascent of the actual peak, and were on their
+way down, some distance below the Bellavista Saddle. Here there are
+several large crevasses, and the slope is very steep at this point. I
+remember passing down it with Schnitzler the previous January, and
+finding much care needed to cross a big chasm. Schnitzler was leading,
+then came the two travellers, finally the Tyrolese, who came down last
+man. Suddenly Schnitzler, who must have stepped on a snow-bridge, and
+Herr Nasse dropped without a sound into the chasm. Dr Borchardt was
+dragged some steps after them, but managed to check himself on the
+very brink of the abyss. Behind was Klimmer, but on so steep a surface
+that he could give no help beyond standing firm. At last, after some
+anxious moments, came a call from below, "Pull!" They did their best
+but in vain. "My God!" cried Schnitzler from below, "I can't get
+out!" A period of terrible apprehension followed. Herr Nasse was
+entreated to try and help a little, or to cut himself free from the
+rope, as he appeared to be suffering greatly. But he was helpless,
+hanging with the rope pressing his chest till he could hardly breathe,
+and cried out that he could stand it no longer. Dr Borchardt made a
+plucky attempt to render assistance, and the desperate endeavour
+nearly caused him to fall also into the crevasse.
+
+ [Illustration: Martin Schocher standing, Schnitzler sitting. On the
+ Summit of Crast' Agüzza in Mid-Winter.]
+
+ [Illustration: A projecting Cornice of Snow, which might fall at any
+ moment. The accident on the Lyskamm, described on page 35, was due to
+ the breaking of a Cornice.]
+
+ [Illustration: Between Earth and Sky (page 163).]
+
+ [Illustration: An extremely narrow Snow Ridge, but a much easier one
+ to pass than that described by Mr Moore (page 160)]
+
+The position was terrible, and Herr Nasse was at the end of his
+forces. He called out in a dying voice that he could bear no more--it
+was the last time he spoke.
+
+Of Schnitzler nothing was heard, and the others could not tell if he
+were still alive.
+
+But while this terrible scene was passing, Schnitzler had performed an
+act of the highest bravery. First he had tried, by using his axe, to
+climb out of the icy prison where he hung. This he could not do, so
+steadying himself against the glassy wall, he deliberately cut himself
+loose from the rope. He dropped to the floor of the crevasse, which,
+luckily, was not of extraordinary depth, and being uninjured, he set
+himself to find a way out. He followed the crevasse along its entire
+length, and discovered a little ledge of ice, with the aid of which,
+panting and exhausted, he reached the surface.
+
+But even with Schnitzler's help it was impossible to raise Herr Nasse
+out of the chasm. The rope had cut deeply into the snow. He hung
+underneath an eave of the soft surface and could not be moved. Another
+willing helper, an Englishman, now came up, and after a time the
+body--for Herr Nasse had not survived--was lowered to the floor of the
+crevasse. Every effort was made to restore animation, but with no
+result, and there was nothing left to do but leave that icy grave and
+descend to the valley. Herr Nasse had suffered from a weak heart and
+an attack of pleurisy, and these gave him but a poor chance of
+withstanding the terrible pressure of the rope. Dr Scriven, from whose
+spirited translation from the German I have taken my facts, remarks
+that, "The death of Professor Nasse seems to emphasize a warning,
+already painfully impressed on us by the loss of Mr Norman Neruda,
+that there are special dangers awaiting those whose vital organs are
+not perfectly sound, and who undertake the exertion and fatigue of
+long and difficult climbs."
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[8] In the early days of mountaineering it was the custom to pass the
+rope through a ring or spring-hook attached to a strong leather belt,
+instead of, as now, attaching it in a loop round the body of each
+climber.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+A WONDERFUL FEAT BY TWO LADIES
+
+
+One of the highest and hardest passes in the Alps is the Sesia-Joch,
+13,858 feet high, near Monte Rosa. The well-known mountaineer, Mr
+Ball, writing in 1863, referred to its first passage by Messrs George
+and Moore, as "amongst the most daring of Alpine exploits," and
+expressed a doubt whether it would ever be repeated. The party went
+_up_ the steep Italian side (on the other, or Swiss side, it is quite
+easy). We can, therefore, judge of the astonishment of the members of
+the Alpine Club when they learnt that in 1869 "two ladies had not only
+crossed this most redoubtable of glacier passes, but crossed it from
+Zermatt to Alagna, thus descending the wall of rock, the ascent of
+which had until then been looked on as an extraordinary feat for
+first-rate climbers." The following extract from an Italian paper,
+aided by the notes communicated by the Misses Pigeon to _The Alpine
+Journal_, fully explains how this accidental but brilliant feat of
+mountaineering was happily brought to a successful termination.
+
+"On 11th August 1869, Miss Anna and Miss Ellen Pigeon, of London, were
+at the Riffel Hotel, above Zermatt, with the intention of making the
+passage of the Lys-Joch on the next day, in order to reach Gressonay.
+Starting at 3 A.M. on the 12th, accompanied by Jean Martin, guide of
+Sierre, and by a porter, they arrived at 4 A.M. at the Gorner Glacier,
+which they crossed rapidly to the great plateau, enclosed between the
+Zumstein-Spitz, Signal-Kuppe, Parrot-Spitze, and Lyskamm, where they
+arrived at 10 A.M. At this point, instead of bearing to the right,
+which is the way to the Lys-Joch, they turned too much towards the
+left, so that they found themselves on a spot at the extremity of the
+plateau, from which they saw beneath their feet a vast and profound
+precipice, terminating at a great depth upon a glacier. The guide had
+only once, about four years before, crossed the Lys-Joch, and in these
+desert and extraordinary places, where no permanent vestiges remain of
+previous passages, he had not remembered the right direction, nor
+preserved a very clear idea of the localities. At the sight of the
+tremendous precipice he began to doubt whether he might not have
+mistaken the way, and, to form a better judgment, he left the ladies
+on the Col, half-stiffened with cold from the violence of the north
+wind, ascended to the Parrot-Spitze, and advanced towards the
+Ludwigshöhe, in order to examine whether along this precipice, which
+lay inexorably in front, there might be a place where a passage could
+be effected. But wherever he turned his eyes he saw nothing but broken
+rocks and couloirs yet more precipitous.
+
+"In returning to the Col after his fruitless exploration, almost
+certain that he had lost his way, he saw among some _débris_ of rock,
+an empty bottle (which had been placed there by Messrs George and
+Moore in 1862). This discovery persuaded him that here must be the
+pass, since some one in passing by the place had there deposited this
+bottle. He then applied himself to examining with greater attention
+the rocks below, and thought he saw a possibility of descending by
+them. He proposed this to the ladies, and they immediately commenced
+operations. All being tied together, at proper intervals, with a
+strong rope, they began the perilous descent, sometimes over the naked
+rock, sometimes over more or less extensive slopes of ice, covered
+with a light stratum of snow, in which steps had to be cut. It was
+often necessary to stop, in order to descend one after the other by
+means of the rope to a point where it might be possible to rest
+without being held up. The tremendous precipice was all this time
+under their eyes, seeming only to increase as they descended. This
+arduous and perilous exertion had continued for more than seven hours
+when, towards 6 P.M., the party arrived at a point beyond which all
+egress seemed closed. Slippery and almost perpendicular rocks beneath,
+right and left, and everywhere; near and around not a space sufficient
+to stretch one's self upon, the sun about to set, night at hand! What
+a position for the courageous travellers, and for the poor guide on
+whom devolved the responsibility of the fatal consequences which
+appeared inevitable!
+
+"Nevertheless, Jean Martin did not lose his courage. Having caused the
+ladies to rest on the rocks, he ran right and left, climbing as well
+as he could, in search of a passage. For about half an hour he looked
+and felt for a way, but in vain. At length it appeared to him that it
+would be possible to risk a long descent by some rough projections
+which occurred here and there in the rocks. With indescribable labour,
+and at imminent peril of rolling as shapeless corpses into the
+crevasses of the glacier below, the travellers at length set foot upon
+the ice. It was 8 P.M.; they had commenced the descent at 11 A.M.;
+they crossed the Sesia Glacier at a running pace, on account of the
+increasing darkness of the night, which scarcely allowed them to
+distinguish the crevasses. After half an hour they set foot on _terra
+firma_ at the moraine above the Alp of Vigne, where they perceived at
+no great distance a light, towards which they quickly directed their
+steps. The shepherd, named Dazza Dionigi, received them kindly, and
+lodged them for the night. Until they arrived at the Alp, both the
+ladies and the guide believed that they had made the pass of the
+Lys-Joch, and that they were now upon an Alp of Gressonay. It was,
+therefore, not without astonishment that they learned from the
+shepherd that, instead of this, they were at the head of the Val
+Sesia, and that they had accomplished the descent of the formidable
+Sesia-Joch."
+
+ [Illustration: EXTERIOR OF A CLIMBER'S HUT.]
+
+ [Illustration: INTERIOR OF A CLIMBER'S HUT.]
+
+As an accompaniment to the foregoing highly-coloured narrative, the
+following modest notes, sent to _The Alpine Journal_ by the Misses
+Pigeon, will be read with interest:
+
+"All mountaineers are aware how much the difficulty of a pass is
+lessened or increased by the state of the weather. In this we were
+greatly favoured. For some days it had been very cold and wet at the
+Riffel; and when we crossed the Sesia-Joch we found sufficient snow in
+descending the ice-slope to give foothold, which decreased the labour
+of cutting steps--the axe was only brought into requisition whenever
+we traversed to right or left. Had the weather been very hot we should
+have been troubled with rolling stones. It was one of those clear,
+bright mornings so favourable for mountain excursions. Our guide had
+only once before crossed the Lys-Joch, four years previously, and on a
+very misty day. We were, therefore, careful to engage a porter who
+professed to know the way. The latter proved of no use whatever except
+to carry a knapsack.
+
+"We take the blame to ourselves of missing the Lys-Joch; for, on
+making the discovery of the porter's ignorance, we turned to _Ball's
+Guide Book_, and repeatedly translated to Martin a passage we found
+there, warning travellers to avoid keeping too much to the right near
+the Lyskamm. The result of our interference was that Martin kept too
+much to the left, and missed the Lys-Joch altogether.
+
+"When we perceived the abrupt termination of the actual Col, we all
+ascended, with the aid of step-cutting, along the slope of the
+Parrot-Spitze, until we came to a place where a descent seemed
+feasible. Martin searched for a better passage, but, after all, we
+took to the ice-slope, at first, for a little way, keeping on the
+rocks. Finding the slope so very rapid, we doubted whether we could
+be right in descending it; for we remembered that the descent of the
+Lys-Joch is described by Mr Ball as _easy_. We therefore retraced our
+steps up the slope to our former halting-place, thus losing
+considerable time, for it was now twelve o'clock. Then it was that
+Martin explored the Parrot-Spitze still further, and returned in
+three-quarters of an hour fully persuaded that there was no other way.
+We re-descended the ice-slope, and lower down crossed a couloir, and
+then more snow-slopes and rocks brought us to a lower series of rocks,
+where our passage seemed stopped at five o'clock. Here the mists,
+which had risen since the morning, much impeded our progress, and we
+halted, hoping they would disperse. Martin again went off on an
+exploring expedition, whilst the porter was sent in another direction.
+As both returned from a fruitless search, and sunset was approaching,
+the uncomfortable suggestion was made that the next search would be
+for the best sleeping quarters. However, Martin himself investigated
+the rocks pronounced impracticable by the porter, and by these we
+descended to the Sesia Glacier without unusual difficulty. When once
+fairly on the glacier, we crossed it at a running pace, for it was
+getting dark, and we feared to be benighted on the glacier. It was
+dark as we scrambled along the moraine on the other side, and over
+rocks and grassy knolls till the shepherd's light at Vigne gave us a
+happy indication that a shelter was not far off. The shouts of our
+guide brought the shepherd with his oil-lamp to meet us, and it was a
+quarter to nine o'clock P.M. when we entered his hut. After partaking
+of a frugal meal of bread and milk, we were glad to accept his offer
+of a hay bed, together with the unexpected luxury of sheets. When
+relating the story of our arrival to the Abbé Farinetti on the
+following Sunday at Alagna, the shepherd said that so great was his
+astonishment at the sudden apparition of travellers from that
+direction, that he thought it must be a visit of angels.
+
+"We consider the Italian account incorrect as to the time we occupied
+in the descent. We could not have left our halting-place near the
+summit for the second time before a quarter to one o'clock, and in
+eight hours we were in this shepherd's hut.
+
+"The Italian account exaggerates the difficulty we experienced. The
+rope was never used 'to hold up the travellers and let them down one
+by one.' On the contrary, one lady went _last_, preferring to see the
+awkward porter in front of her rather than behind. At one spot we
+came to an abrupt wall of rock and there we gladly availed ourselves
+of our guide's hand. The sensational sentence about 'rolling as
+shapeless corpses into the crevasses' is absurd, as we were at that
+juncture rejoicing in the prospect of a happy termination of our
+dilemma, and of crossing the glacier in full enjoyment of our senses."
+
+The editor of _The Alpine Journal_ concludes with the following
+comments:
+
+"It is impossible to pass over without some further remark the
+behaviour of the guide and porter who shared this adventure. Jean
+Martin, if he led his party into a scrape, certainly showed no small
+skill and perseverance in carrying them safely out of it. Porters have
+as a class, and with some honourable exceptions, long afforded a proof
+that Swiss peasants are not necessarily born climbers. Their
+difficulties and blunders have, indeed, served as one of the standing
+jokes of Alpine literature. But we doubt if any porter has ever
+exhibited himself in so ignoble a position as the man who, having
+begun by obtaining an engagement under false pretences, ended by
+allowing one of his employers, a lady, to descend the Italian side of
+the Sesia-Joch last on the rope."
+
+
+A PERILOUS CLIMB
+
+In the year 1865 but few different routes were known up Mont Blanc. It
+has now been ascended from every direction and by every conceivable
+combination of routes, yet I doubt if any at all rivalling the one I
+intend quoting the account of has ever been accomplished. The route in
+question is by the Brenva Glacier on the Italian side of the great
+mountain, and the travellers who undertook to attempt what the guides
+hardly thought a possible piece of work, consisted of Mr Walker, his
+son Horace, Mr Mathews, and Mr Moore, the account which I take from
+_The Alpine Journal_ having been written by the latter. For guides
+they had two very first-rate men, Melchior Anderegg and his cousin,
+Jacob Anderegg.
+
+I shall omit the first part of the narrative, interesting though it
+is, and go at once to the point where, not long after sunrise, the
+mountaineers found themselves.
+
+"We had risen very rapidly, and must have been at an elevation of more
+than 12,000 feet. Our position, therefore, commanded an extensive view
+in all directions. The guides were in a hurry, so cutting our halt
+shorter than would have been agreeable, we resumed our way at 7.55,
+and after a few steps up a slope at an angle of 50°, found ourselves
+on the crest of the buttress, and looking down upon, and across, the
+lower part of a glacier tributary to the Brenva, beyond which towered
+the grand wall of the Mont Maudit. We turned sharp to the left along
+the ridge, Jacob leading, followed by Mr Walker, Horace, Mathews,
+Melchior, and myself last. We had anticipated that, assuming the
+possibility of gaining the ridge on which we were, there would be no
+serious difficulty in traversing it, and so much as we could see ahead
+led us to hope that our anticipations would turn out correct. Before
+us lay a narrow but not steep arête of rock and snow combined, which
+appeared to terminate some distance in front in a sharp peak. We
+advanced cautiously, keeping rather below the top of the ridge,
+speculating with some curiosity on what lay beyond this peak. On
+reaching it, the apparent peak proved not to be a peak at all, but the
+extremity of the narrowest and most formidable ice arête I ever saw,
+which extended almost on a level for an uncomfortably long distance.
+Looking back by the light of our subsequent success, I have always
+considered it a providential circumstance that, at this moment, Jacob,
+and not Melchior was leading the party. In saying this, I shall not
+for an instant be suspected of any imputation upon Melchior's courage.
+But in him that virtue is combined to perfection with the equally
+necessary one of prudence, while he shares the objection which nearly
+all guides have to taking upon themselves, without discussion,
+responsibility in positions of doubt. Had he been in front, I believe
+that, on seeing the nature of the work before us, we should have
+halted and discussed the propriety of proceeding; and I believe
+further that, as the result of that discussion, our expedition would
+have then and there come to an end. Now in Jacob, with courage as
+faultless as Melchior's, and physical powers even superior, the virtue
+of prudence is conspicuous chiefly from its absence; and, on coming to
+this ugly place, it never for an instant occurred to him that we might
+object to go on, or consider the object in view not worth the risk
+which must be inevitably run. He therefore went calmly on without so
+much as turning to see what we thought of it, while I do not suppose
+that it entered into the head of any one of us spontaneously to
+suggest a retreat.
+
+"On most arêtes, however narrow the actual crest may be, it is
+generally possible to get a certain amount of support by driving the
+pole into the slope on either side. But this was not the case here.
+We were on the top of a wall, the ice on the right falling vertically
+(I use the word advisedly), and on the left nearly so. On neither side
+was it possible to obtain the slightest hold with the alpenstock. I
+believe also that an arête of pure ice is more often encountered in
+description than in reality, that term being generally applied to hard
+snow. But here, for once, we had the genuine article, blue ice without
+a speck of snow on it. The space for walking was, at first, about the
+breadth of an ordinary wall, in which Jacob cut holes for the feet.
+Being last in the line I could see little of what was coming until I
+was close upon it, and was therefore considerably startled on seeing
+the men in front suddenly abandon the upright position, which in spite
+of the insecurity of the steps and difficulty of preserving the
+balance, had been hitherto maintained, and sit down _à cheval_. The
+ridge had narrowed to a knife edge, and for a few yards it was utterly
+impossible to advance in any other way. The foremost men soon stood up
+again, but when I was about to follow their example Melchior insisted
+emphatically upon my not doing so, but remaining seated. Regular steps
+could no longer be cut, but Jacob, as he went along, simply sliced off
+the top of the ridge, making thus a slippery pathway, along which
+those behind crept, moving one foot carefully after the other. As for
+me, I worked myself along with my hands in an attitude safer, perhaps,
+but considerably more uncomfortable, and, as I went, could not keep
+occasionally speculating, with an odd feeling of amusement, as to what
+would be the result if any of the party should chance to slip over on
+either side--what the rest would do--whether throw themselves over on
+the other side or not--and if so, what would happen then. Fortunately
+the occasion for the solution of this curious problem did not arise,
+and at 9.30 we reached the end of the arête, where it emerged in the
+long slopes of broken _névé_, over which our way was next to lie. As
+we looked back along our perilous path, it was hard to repress a
+shudder, and I think the dominant feeling of every man was one of
+wonder how the passage had been effected without accident. One good
+result, however, was to banish from Melchior's mind the last traces of
+doubt as to our ultimate success, his reply to our anxious enquiry
+whether he thought we should get up, being, 'We must, for we cannot go
+back.' In thus speaking, he probably said rather more than he meant,
+but the fact will serve to show that I have not exaggerated the
+difficulty we had overcome."
+
+Mr Moore goes on to describe the considerable trouble the party had
+in mounting the extremely steep snow-slope on which they were now
+embarked. The continual step-cutting was heavy work for the guides. At
+last they were much annoyed to find between them and their goal "a
+great wall of ice running right across and completely barring the way
+upwards. Our position was, in fact, rather critical. Immediately over
+our heads the slope on which we were, terminated in a great mass of
+broken _séracs_, which might come down with a run at any moment. It
+seemed improbable that any way out of our difficulties would be found
+in that quarter. But, where else to look? There was no use in going to
+the left--to the right we _could_ not go--and back we _would_ not go.
+After careful scrutiny, Melchior thought it just possible that we
+might find a passage through those séracs on the higher and more level
+portion of the glacier to the right of them, and there being obviously
+no chance of success in any other direction, we turned towards them.
+The ice here was steeper and harder than it had yet been. In spite of
+all Melchior's care, the steps were painfully insecure, and we were
+glad to get a grip with one hand of the rocks alongside of which we
+passed. The risk, too, of an avalanche was considerable, and it was a
+relief when we were so close under the séracs that a fall from above
+could not well hurt us. Melchior had steered with his usual
+discrimination, and was now attacking the séracs at the only point
+where they appeared at all practical. Standing over the mouth of a
+crevasse choked with _débris_, he endeavoured to lift himself on to
+its upper edge, which was about 15 feet above. But to accomplish this
+seemed at first a task too great even for his agility, aided as it was
+by vigorous pushes. At last, by a marvellous exercise of skill and
+activity, he succeeded, pulled up Mr Walker and Horace, and then cast
+off the rope to reconnoitre, leaving them to assist Mathews, Jacob and
+myself in the performance of a similar manoeuvre. We were all three
+still below, when a yell from Melchior sent a thrill through our
+veins. 'What is it?' said we to Mr Walker. A shouting communication
+took place between him and Melchior, and then came the answer, 'He
+says it is all right.' That moment was worth living for."
+
+Mr Moore tells how, over now easy ground, the party rapidly ascended
+higher and higher. "We reached the summit at 3.10, and found ourselves
+safe at Chamouni at 10.30. Our day's work had thus extended to nearly
+20 hours, of which 17½ hours were actual walking."
+
+It is interesting to note that in after years a route was discovered
+on the opposite, or French side of Mont Blanc, of which the chief
+difficulty was an extremely narrow--but in this case also steep--ice
+ridge. This ascent, _via_ the Aiguille de Bionnassay, enjoys, I
+believe, an even greater reputation than that by the Brenva. It has
+been accomplished twice by ladies, the first time by Miss Katherine
+Richardson, whose skill and extraordinary rapidity of pace have given
+her a record on more than one great peak. Miss Richardson, having done
+all the hard part of the climb, descended from the Dome de Gouter. The
+second ascent by a lady was undertaken successfully in 1899, by
+Mademoiselle Eugénie de Rochat, who has a brilliant list of climbs in
+the Mont Blanc district to her credit.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+A FINE PERFORMANCE WITHOUT GUIDES
+
+
+The precipitous peak of the Meije, in Dauphiné, had long, like the
+Matterhorn, been believed inaccessible, and it was only after repeated
+attempts that at last the summit was reached. The direct route from La
+Bérarde will always be an extremely difficult climb to anyone who
+desires to do his fair share of the work; the descent of the great
+wall of rock is one of the few places I have been down, which took
+longer on the descent than on the ascent.
+
+When the members of the Alpine Club heard that a party of Englishmen
+had succeeded, _without guides_, in making the expedition, they were
+much impressed by the feat, and on 17th December 1879, one of the
+climbers, Mr Charles Pilkington, read a paper before the Club
+describing his ascent. From it I quote the following. The party
+included the brothers Pilkington and Mr Gardiner.
+
+ [Illustration: The Meije is to the left, the Glacier Carré is the
+ snow-patch on it, beneath this is the Great Wall.]
+
+ [Illustration: ASCENDING A SNOWY WALL (page 216).]
+
+"On the 19th July 1878, we reached La Bérarde, where we found Mr
+Coolidge with the two Almers. Coolidge knew that we had come to try
+the Meije, and he had very kindly given us all the information he
+could, not only about it, but about several other peaks and passes in
+the district. Almer also, after finding out our plans, was good enough
+not to laugh at us, and gave us one or two useful hints. He told us as
+well that the difficulty did not so much consist in finding the way as
+in getting up it.
+
+"At two o'clock in the afternoon of 20th July, we left for our bivouac
+in the Vallon des Etançons, taking another man with us besides our two
+porters, and at four reached the large square rock called the Hôtel
+Châteleret, after the ancient name of the valley. We determined to
+sleep here instead of at Coolidge's refuge a little higher up. The
+Meije was in full view, and we had our first good look at it since we
+had read the account of its ascent.
+
+"We went hopefully to bed, telling our porters to call us at eleven
+the same evening, so as to start at midnight; but long before that it
+was raining hard, and it required all the engineering skill of the
+party and the india-rubber bag to keep the water out. It cleared up at
+daybreak. Of course it was far too late to start then; besides that,
+we had agreed not to make the attempt unless we had every sign of fine
+weather.
+
+"As we had nothing else to do, we started at 8 A.M. on an exploring
+expedition, taking our spare ropes and some extra provisions, to
+leave, if possible, at M. Duhamel's cairn, some distance up the
+mountain, whilst our porters were to improve the refuge and lay in a
+stock of firewood. The snow was very soft, and we were rather lazy, so
+it was not until eleven that we reached the upper part of the Brêche
+Glacier, and were opposite our work. The way lies up the great
+southern buttress, which forms the eastern boundary of the Brêche
+Glacier, merging into the general face of the mountain about one-third
+of the total height from the Glacier des Etançons, and 700 feet below,
+and a little to the west of the Glacier Carré, from whence the final
+peak is climbed. The chief difficulty is the ascent from M. Duhamel's
+cairn, on the top of the buttress to the Glacier Carré.
+
+"After a few steps up the snow, we gained the crest of the buttress by
+a short scramble. The crest is narrow, but very easy, and we went
+rapidly along, until we came to where a great break in the arête
+divides the buttress into an upper and a lower part; being no longer
+able to keep along the crest, we were forced to cross the rocks to our
+left to the couloir. Not quite liking the look of the snow, Gardiner
+asked us to hold tight whilst he tried it. Finding it all right he
+kicked steps up, and at five minutes past one we reached the cairn,
+having taken one hour and thirty-five minutes from the glacier. The
+great wall rose straight above us, but the way up, which we had had no
+difficulty in making out with the telescope from below, was no longer
+to be seen. Our spirits which had been rising during our ascent from
+the glacier, sunk once more, and our former uncertainty came back upon
+us; for it is difficult to imagine anything more hopeless-looking than
+this face of the Meije. It has been said that, after finding all the
+most promising ways impossible, this seeming impossibility was tried
+as a last chance. We looked at it a long time, but at last gave up
+trying to make out the way as a bad job, determined to climb where we
+could, if we had luck enough to get so far another day; so, leaving
+our spare ropes, a bottle of wine, a loaf of bread, and a tin of
+curried fowl carefully covered with stones, we made the best of our
+way back, reaching the glacier in one hour and twenty minutes, and our
+bivouac in an hour and a half more. There we spent the next night and
+following day, but at last we had to give in to the bad weather, and
+go sorrowfully down to La Bérarde. It was very disappointing. We had
+been looking forward to the attempt for more than six months. I had
+to leave in a few days for England. It was not a mountain for two men
+to be on alone; what if we had spent all our time and trouble for
+nothing, and only carried our bed and provisions to the cairn for
+someone else to use?
+
+"On the evening of the 24th we were again at our bivouac; this time
+there was a cold north wind blowing, and the weather looked more
+settled than it had yet done since we came into the district. We
+watched the last glow of the setting sun fade on the crags of the
+Meije, and then crawled into our now well-known holes. At midnight
+exactly we were off, and, as we had much to carry, we took our porters
+with us as far as the bottom of the buttress, where we waited for
+daylight. At last the Tête du Replat opposite to us caught the
+reflection of the light, so, leaving a bottle of champagne for our
+return, as a reward of victory or consolation for defeat, we started
+at 3.15, unfortunately with an omen, for in bidding good-bye to our
+porters, we said 'adieu,' instead of 'au revoir, and though we altered
+the word at once, they left us with grave faces, old Lagier mournfully
+shaking his head. Gardiner took the lead again, and at 4.45 we once
+more stood beside the stone-man, finding our _câche_ of provisions all
+safe. Here we rearranged our luggage. Both the others took heavy
+loads; Gardiner the knapsack, Lawrence the 200 feet of spare rope and
+our wine tin, holding three quarts; the sleeping bag only was given to
+me, as I was told off to lead.
+
+"We got under weigh at 5.15, and soon clambered up the remaining part
+of the buttress, and reached the bottom of the great wall, the Glacier
+Carré being about 700 feet above us, and some distance to our right.
+We knew that from here a level traverse had to be made until nearly
+under the glacier before it was possible to turn upwards. We had seen
+a ledge running in the right direction; crossing some steep rocks and
+climbing over a projecting knob (which served us a nasty trick on our
+descent), we let ourselves gently down on to the ledge, leaving a
+small piece of red rag to guide us in coming back. The ledge, although
+4 or 5 feet broad, was not all that could be wished, for it was more
+than half-covered with snow, which, as the ledge sloped outwards, was
+not to be trusted; the melting and refreezing of this had formed ice
+below, nearly covering the available space, forcing us to walk on the
+edge. We cut a step here and there. It improved as we went on, and
+when half-way across the face we were able to turn slightly upwards,
+and at 6.30 were near the spot where later in the day the icicles
+from the extreme western end of the Glacier Carré fall. It is not
+necessary to go right into the line of fire, and in coming back we
+kept even farther away than on the ascent.
+
+"So far the way had been fairly easy to find, but now came the great
+question of the climb; how to get up the 600 feet of rock wall above
+us. To our right it rose in one sheer face, the icicles from the
+Glacier Carré, fringing the top; to our left the rocks, though not so
+steep, were very smooth, and at the top, especially to the right, near
+the glacier, they became precipitous. A little above us a bridge ledge
+led away to the left, slanting upwards towards the lowest and most
+practicable part of the wall, obviously the way up. Climbing to this
+ledge, we followed it nearly half-way back across the face, then the
+holding-places got fewer and more filled with ice, the outward slope
+more and more until at last its insecure and slippery look warned us
+off it, and we turned up the steeper but rougher rocks on our right.
+In doing so I believe we forsook the route followed by all our
+predecessors, but we were obliged to do so by the glazed state of the
+rocks.
+
+"As the direction in which we were now going was taking us towards the
+glacier and the steep upper rocks, we soon turned again to our left
+to avoid them, the only way being up some smooth slabs, with very
+little hold, the sort of rocks where one's waistcoat gives a great
+deal of holding power; worming oneself up these we reached a small
+shelf where we were again in doubt. It was impossible to go straight
+up; to the left the rocks, though easier, only led to the higher part
+of the ledge we had forsaken; we spent some minutes examining this
+way, but again did not like the look of the glazed rocks; so we took
+the only alternative and went to the right. Keeping slightly upwards,
+we gained about 50 feet in actual height by difficult climbing. We
+were now getting on to the steep upper rocks near the glacier, which
+we had wanted to avoid.
+
+"This last piece of the wall will always remain in our minds as the
+most desperate piece of work we have ever done; the rocks so far had
+been firm, but now, although far too steep for loose stones to lodge
+on, were so shattered that we dared not trust them; at the same time
+we had to be very careful, lest in removing any we should bring others
+down upon us.
+
+"One place I shall never forget. Gardiner was below, on a small ledge,
+with no hand-hold to speak of, trying to look as if he could stand any
+pull; my brother on a knob a little higher up, to help me if
+necessary. I was able to pull myself about 8 feet higher, but the next
+rock was insecure, and the whole nearly perpendicular. A good many
+loose stones had been already pulled out; this one would not come. It
+is hard work tugging at a loose stone with one hand, the other in a
+crack, and only one foot finding anything to rest on. I looked down,
+told them how it was, and came down to rest.
+
+"For about a minute nothing was said; all our faces turned towards the
+Glacier Carré, now only about 60 feet above us. We all felt it would
+have been hard indeed to turn back, yet it was not a pleasant place,
+and we could not see what was again above. We were on what may be
+fairly called a precipice. In removing the loose stones, the slightest
+backhanded jerk, just enough to miss the heads of the men behind, sent
+them clear into the air; they never touched anything for a long time
+after leaving the hand, and disappeared with a disagreeable hum on to
+the Glacier des Etançons, 1800 feet below. We looked and tried on both
+sides, but it was useless, so we went at it again. After the fourth or
+fifth attempt I managed to get up about 10 feet, to where there was
+some sort of hold; then my brother followed, giving me rope enough to
+get to a firm rock, where I remained till joined by the others. It
+was almost as bad above, but we crawled carefully up; one place
+actually overhung--fortunately there was plenty of hold, and we slung
+ourselves up it! From this point the rocks became rather easier, and
+at 9.30 we reached a small sloping shelf of rock, about 20 yards to
+the west of the Glacier Carré and on the top of the great rock wall.
+Stopping here for a short time to get cool, and to let one of the
+party down to get the axes, which had been tied to a rope and had
+caught in a crevice in the rock, we changed leaders, and crossing some
+shelving rocks, climbed up a gully, or cleft, filled with icicles, and
+reached the platform of rock at the south-west end of the Glacier
+Carré at 10.15 A.M.
+
+"The platform we had reached can only be called one by comparison; it
+is rather smooth, and slopes too much to form a safe sleeping-place,
+but we left our extra luggage there.
+
+"At 11.10 we started up the glacier, Gardiner going ahead, kicking
+steps into the soft, steep snow.
+
+"We were much more cheerful now than we had been two hours before. My
+companions had got rid of their heavy loads, the day was still very
+fine, and Almer had told us that, could we but reach the glacier, we
+should have a good chance of success.
+
+"Shortly before 1 P.M. we were underneath the well-known overhanging
+top, the rocks of which, cutting across the face, form a triangular
+corner. It is the spot where Gaspard lost so much time looking for the
+way on the first ascent. We knew that the arête had here to be
+crossed, and the northern face on the other side taken to.
+
+"Almost before I got my head over the crest came the anxious question
+from below, 'Will it go on the other side?' I could not see, however;
+so when the others came up, Gardiner fixed himself and let us down to
+the full extent of the rope. The whole northern face, as far as we
+could see, looked terribly icy; but as there was no other way of
+regaining the arête higher up without going on to it, we told him to
+come down after us.
+
+"Turning to the right as soon as possible, we had to traverse the
+steep, smooth face for a short distance. It took a long time, for the
+rocks were even worse than they had appeared; we often had to clear
+them of ice for a yard before we could find any hold at all and
+sometimes only the left hand could be spared for cutting. After about
+50 yards of this work we were able to turn upwards, and with great
+difficulty wriggled up the slippery rocks leading to the arête; rather
+disgusted to find the north face so difficult--owing, perhaps, to the
+lateness of the season.
+
+"It was our last difficulty, for the arête, though narrow, gives good
+hand and foot-hold, and we pressed eagerly onwards. In a few minutes
+it became more level, and there, sure enough, were the three
+stone-men, only separated from us by some easy rocks and snow, which
+we went at with a rush, and at 2.25 we stood on the highest point of
+the Meije.
+
+"Knowing that it would be useless for us to try and descend further
+than the Glacier Carré that day, and as it was pleasanter on the top
+than there, we went in for a long halt. Untying the rope--for the top
+is broad enough to be safe--we examined the central cairn, where the
+tokens are kept. We found a tin box, containing the names of our
+predecessors; a bottle, hanging by a string, the property of Mr
+Coolidge; a tri-coloured flag; and a scented pocket-handkerchief
+belonging to M. Guillemin, still retaining its former fragrance, which
+it had not 'wasted on the desert air.' We tore a corner off each,
+leaving a red-and-yellow rag in exchange; put our names in the tin,
+and an English penny with a hole bored through it.
+
+"Then, after repairing the rather dilapidated southern cairn, we sat
+down to smoke and enjoy the view, which the fact of the mountain
+standing on the outside of the group, the tremendous depth to which
+the eye plunges on each side, the expansive panorama of the Dauphiné
+and neighbouring Alps, and the beautiful distant view of the Pennine
+chain from Mont Blanc to Monte Rosa, combine to make one of the finest
+in the Alps.
+
+"At four o'clock, after an hour and a half on the top, we started
+downwards, soon arriving at the spot where it was necessary to leave
+the arête; however, before doing so, we went along it to where it was
+cut off, to see if we could let ourselves straight down into the gap,
+and so avoid the detour by the northern face, but it was
+impracticable; so, putting the middle of the spare rope round a
+projecting rock on the arête, we let ourselves down to where we had
+gone along on the level, pulling the rope down after us; then
+regaining the gap by the morning's route, we crossed it, and leisurely
+descended the south-western face to the Glacier Carré, filling our now
+empty wine tin with water on the way down. We reached the glacier at
+6.30. In skirting the base of the Pic du Glacier we found a nice
+hollow in the snow, which looked a good place to sleep in. Gardiner
+wanted one of us to stop and build a stone-wall, whilst the others
+fetched the bag and provisions from the bottom of the glacier.
+Lawrence was neutral; I was rather against it, having slept on snow
+before. At last we all went down to the rocky platform where our
+luggage had been left. We cleared a place for the bag, but it all
+sloped so much, and the edge of the precipice was so near, that we
+dared not lie down. We looked for a good rock to tie ourselves to;
+even that could not be found. Then some one thought we might scrape a
+hole in the steep snow above us, and get into it. That, of course, was
+quite out of the question. Nothing therefore remained for us but
+Gardiner's hollow above--the only level place we had seen above M.
+Duhamel's cairn large enough for us to lay our bag on. There was no
+time to be lost; it was getting dark; a sharp frost had already set
+in: so we at once shouldered our traps and trudged wearily up the
+glacier once more, wishing now that we had left somebody to build a
+wall.
+
+"On reaching the hollow we put the ropes, axes, hats, and knapsack on
+the snow as a sort of carpet, placed the bag on the top, then,
+pulling off our boots for pillows, and putting on the comfortable
+woollen helmets given to us by Mrs Hartley, got into the bag to have
+our supper. Fortunately there was not much wind; but it was rather
+difficult to open the meat tin. We did as well as we could, however,
+and after supper tried to smoke; but the cold air got into the bag and
+made that a failure; so we looked at the scene instead.
+
+"The moon was half full, and shone upon us as we lay, making
+everything look very beautiful. We could see the snow just in front of
+us, and then, far away through the frosty air all the mountains on the
+other side of the Vallon des Etançons, with the silver-grey peak of
+the Ecrins behind, its icy ridges standing out sharply against the
+clear sky; and deep down in the dark valley below was the signal fire
+of our porters. As this could only be seen by sitting bolt upright, we
+got tired of looking at it, and the last link connecting us with the
+lower world being broken, we felt our utter loneliness.
+
+"The moon soon going behind a rocky spur of the Pic du Glacier, we lay
+down and tried to get warm by pulling the string round the neck of the
+bag as tight as possible and breathing inside; but somehow the outside
+air got in also. So closing it as well as we could, with only our
+heads out, we went to sleep, but not for long. The side on which we
+lay soon got chilled. Now, as the bag was narrow, we all had to face
+one way on account of our knees; so the one who happened to be the
+soonest chilled through would give the word, and we all turned
+together. I suppose we must have changed sides every half-hour through
+the long night. We got some sleep, however, and felt all right when
+the first glimmering of dawn came over the mountains on our left. As
+soon as we could see we had breakfast; but the curried fowl was
+frozen, and the bread could only be cut with difficulty, as a
+shivering seized one every minute. We had the greatest trouble in
+getting our boots on. They were pressed out of shape, and, in spite of
+having been under our heads, were hard frozen. At last, by burning
+paper inside, and using them as lantern for our candle, we thawed them
+enough to get them on, and then spent a quarter of an hour stamping
+about to thaw ourselves. We rolled the bag up and tied it fast to a
+projecting rock, hanging the meat tin near as a guide to anyone
+looking for it.
+
+"At 4.30 we set off, very thankful that we had a fine day before us.
+We soon went down the glacier, and down and across to the shelf of
+rock where the real descent of the wall was to begin. A few feet
+below was a jagged tooth of rock which we could not move; so to it we
+tied one end of the 100 feet of rope, taking care to protect the rope
+where it pressed on the sharp edges, with pieces of an old
+handkerchief; the other end we threw over the edge, and by leaning
+over we could just see the tail of it on some rocks below the bad
+part,[9] so we knew it was long enough.
+
+"After a short discussion we arranged to go down one at a time, as
+there were places where we expected to throw all our weight on the
+rope. Gardiner was to go first as he was the heaviest; my brother
+next, carrying all the traps and the three axes, as he had the
+strongest pair of hands and arms in the party; whilst I as the
+lightest, was to bring down the rear. So tying the climbing rope round
+his waist as an extra help, Gardiner started, whilst we paid it out.
+He soon disappeared, but we knew how he was getting on, and when he
+was in the worst places, by the 'Lower,' 'A little lower,' 'Hold,'
+'Hold hard,' which came up from below, getting fainter as he got
+lower. Fifty feet of the rope passed through our hands before he
+stopped going. 'Can you hold there?' we asked. 'No. Hold me while I
+rest a little, and then give me 10 feet more if you can.' So after a
+while we got notice to lower, and down he went again until nearly all
+our rope was gone; then it slackened. He told us he was fast, and that
+we could pull up the rope.
+
+"Then Lawrence shouldered his burdens, the three axes being tied below
+him with a short piece of rope. The same thing happened again, only it
+was more exciting, for every now and then the axes caught and loosened
+with a jerk, which I felt on the rope I was paying out, although it
+was tied to him. At first I thought it was a slip, but soon got used
+to it. Lawrence did not go so far as Gardiner, but stopped to help me
+at the bottom of the worst piece.
+
+"It was now my turn. Tying the other end of the loose rope round me, I
+crawled cautiously down to where the tight rope was fixed. The others
+told me afterwards they did not like it. I certainly did not. The
+upper part was all right; but lower down the rocks were so steep that
+if I put much weight on the rope it pulled me off them, and gave a
+tendency to swing over towards the Glacier Carré, which, as only one
+hand was left for climbing with, was rather difficult to resist. I
+remember very well sitting on a projecting rock, with nothing below
+it but air for at least 100 feet. Leaving this, Lawrence half pulled
+me towards him with the loose rope. A few steps more and I was beside
+him, and we descended together to Gardiner, cutting off the fixed rope
+high up, so as to leave as little as possible, and in a few minutes
+more we all three reached the small shelf of rocks above the smooth
+slabs by which we had descended the day before. It was the place where
+we had spent some time trying to avoid the steep bit we had just
+descended, and which had taken us nearly two hours.
+
+"This ledge is about 3 feet broad. We had got down the only place on
+the mountain that had given us any anxiety. It was warm and pleasant;
+all the day was before us; so we took more than an hour to lunch and
+rest.
+
+"On starting again we ought to have stuck to our old route and
+descended by the slabs, as we could easily have done; but after a
+brief discussion we arranged to take a short cut, by fixing a second
+rope and letting ourselves straight down the drop on to the lower
+slanting ledge, at a point a few feet higher than where we had left it
+on the ascent.
+
+"We descended one at a time, as before, and, what with tying and
+untying, took much longer than we should have done had we gone the
+other way. On gaining the ledge we turned to our left and soon came
+across one of our marks; then striking down sooner than our old route
+would have taken us, we gave a wider berth to the falling ice, and got
+into the traverse leading to the top of the buttress. Along it we
+went; but it looked different, had less snow, and when we came near
+the end a steep rock, with a nasty drop below, blocked the way. It
+appeared so bad that I said we were wrong. As the others were not
+sure, we retraced our steps, and by a very difficult descent gained a
+lower ledge. There was no snow on this, but the melting of the snow
+above made the rocks we had to take hold of so wet that we often got a
+stream of water down our arms and necks.
+
+"At last, after nearly crossing, it became quite impossible, and we
+turned back, having gained nothing but a wetting.
+
+"Below it was far too steep. Immediately above was the place we had
+tried just before. We could not make it out; we had been so positive
+about the place above.
+
+"We were just thinking of trying it again more carefully, when
+Lawrence pointed up at something, and there, sure enough, was the bit
+of red rag left the day before to show the commencement of the
+traverse.
+
+"We marked where it was, and then crawled back along the ledge on
+which we were. Scrambling up the steep drop, we made quickly upwards,
+and, turning towards our flag, found that the only way to it was along
+the very ledge where we had first tried, and which proved to be the
+traverse after all.
+
+"We were very glad to get into it once more, as for the last three
+hours we had been on the look-out for falling ice. Some had already
+shot over our heads, sending showers of splinters on to us, and one
+piece as big as one's fist had come rather closer than was pleasant.
+On our left, the Glacier Carré kept up a regular fire of it, the ice
+following with tremendous noise on to the rocks below. Every time it
+gave us a start, as we could not always see at once where the fall had
+taken place; and although the danger was more imaginary than real, it
+is not pleasant to be constantly on the look-out, and flattening one's
+self against the rocks to avoid being hit.
+
+"We soon crossed the snowy part of the traverse, and were again in
+front of the rock which had turned us back before. It looked no
+better; but on going close up we found a small crack near the top,
+just large enough to get our fingers into, giving excellent hold. By
+this we swung ourselves up and across the worst part.
+
+"We thought we had only two hours more easy descent, and our work
+would be done. But we made a mistake.
+
+"At first we went rapidly down, and were soon cheered by the sight of
+M. Duhamel's cairn, looking about five minutes off. I was in front at
+the time, and was just getting on to a short snow-slope by which we
+had ascended the day before, when, doubting its safety, I asked the
+others to hold fast whilst I tried it. The moment I put my foot on the
+snow, all the top went away, slowly at first, then, taking to the
+left, went down the couloir with a rush. We tried again where the
+upper layer had gone away, but it was all unsafe; so we had to spend
+half an hour getting down the rocks, where we had ascended in ten
+minutes, and it was not until 2.30 that we reached the cairn.
+
+"It was 3.30 before we continued the descent. The couloir was not in
+good order and required care. Gardiner, who was in front, did not get
+on as well as usual. At last, thinking we might get impatient, he
+showed us his fingers, which were bleeding in several places, and
+awfully raw and sore. He had pluckily kept it all to himself until
+the real difficulties were over; but the snow of the couloir had
+softened his hands, and these last rocks were weathered granite, and
+very sharp and cutting; so he had to go very gingerly.
+
+"At the bottom of the buttress a surprise awaited us, for as we
+descended the last 20 feet, the weather-beaten face of old Lagier, our
+porter, appeared above the rocks. The faithful old fellow said he had
+traced our descent by the occasional flashing of the wine tin in the
+sun, and had come alone to meet us, bringing us provisions as he
+thought we might have run short. He had waited six hours for us, and
+had iced the bottle of champagne which had been left on the ascent. We
+opened it and then hurried down to the glacier, taking off the rope at
+the moraine, and ran all the rest of the way on the snow to our
+bivouac, like a lot of colts turned loose in a field, feeling it a
+great relief to get on to something on which we could tumble about as
+we liked without falling over a precipice."
+
+That the Meije is a really difficult mountain may be assumed from the
+fact that for some years after its first ascent, no party succeeded in
+getting up and down it on the same day. When every step of the way
+became well known, of course much quicker times were possible, and
+when, on 16th September 1892, I went up it with the famous Dauphiné
+guide, Maximin Gaspard, and Roman Imboden (the latter aged
+twenty-three, and perhaps the finest rock climber in Switzerland), we
+had all in our favour. There was neither ice nor snow on the rocks,
+and no icicles hung from the Glacier Carré, while the weather was
+still and cloudless. We slept at the bottom of the buttress--just at
+the spot where Mr Pilkington met his porter--and from here were
+exactly four hours (including a halt of one hour) reaching the top of
+the Meije.
+
+It is now the fashion to cross the Meije from La Bérarde to La Grave,
+the descent on the other side being also extremely hard. For a couple
+of hours after leaving the summit a narrow ridge is traversed with
+several formidable gaps in it.
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[9] The remains of this rope hung for years where Mr Pilkington had
+placed it, and when I ascended the Meije I saw the bleached end of it
+hanging over as sickening looking a place as I have ever desired to
+avoid. The ordinary route passes more to the west.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+THE PIZ SCERSCEN TWICE IN FOUR DAYS--THE FIRST ASCENT OF MONT BLANC BY
+A WOMAN.
+
+
+It was a mad thing to do. I realised that when thinking of it
+afterwards; but this is how it happened.
+
+I had arranged with a friend, Mr Edmund Garwood, to try a hitherto
+unattempted route on a mountain not far from Maloja. He was to bring
+his guide, young Roman Imboden; I was to furnish a second man,
+Wieland, of St Moritz.
+
+ [Illustration: WIELAND ON THE HIGHEST POINT OF PIZ SCERSCEN (page
+ 200).]
+
+ [Illustration: A PARTY ON A MOUNTAIN TOP.]
+
+ [Illustration: THE OTHER PARTY DESCENDING PIZ BERNINA (page 202).]
+
+ [Illustration: A PARTY COMMENCING THE DESCENT OF A SNOW RIDGE.]
+
+The hour had come to start, the carriage was at the door and the
+provisions were in it, and Wieland and I were in readiness when, to
+our surprise, Roman turned up without Mr Garwood. A note which he
+brought explained that the latter was not well, but hoped I would make
+the expedition all the same, and take Roman with me. I was unwilling
+to monopolise a new ascent, though probably only an easy one, so I
+refused to go till my friend was better, and asked the guides to
+suggest something else. The weather was lovely and our food ready, and
+it seemed a pity to waste either.
+
+Wieland could not think of a suitable climb, so I turned to Roman, who
+had only arrived at Pontresina two days before, and asked him his
+ideas.
+
+He very sensibly inquired: "What peaks have you not done yet here,
+ma'am?"
+
+"All but the Scerscen."
+
+"Then we go for the--whatever you call it."
+
+"Oh, but Roman," I exclaimed, "the Scerscen is very difficult, and
+there is 3 feet of fresh snow on the mountains, and it is out of the
+question!"
+
+"I don't believe any of these mountains are difficult," said Roman
+doggedly, with that contempt for all Engadine climbing shown by guides
+from the other side of Switzerland.
+
+"Ask Wieland," I suggested.
+
+Wieland smiled at the question, and said he did not at all mind going
+to look at the Scerscen, but, as to ascending it under the present
+conditions, of course it was absurd.
+
+"Besides," he added, "we are much too late to go to the Marinelli Hut
+to-day."
+
+"Why not do it from the Mortel Hut?" I remarked, on the "in for a
+penny in for a pound" principle.
+
+He smiled again; indeed, I think he laughed, and agreed that, as
+anyhow we could not go up the Scerscen, we might as well sleep at the
+Mortel Hut as anywhere else.
+
+"Have you ever been up it?" Roman inquired.
+
+Wieland answered that he had not. Roman turned to me: "Can you find
+the mountain? Should you know it if you saw it? Don't let us go up the
+wrong one, ma'am!"
+
+I promised to lead them to the foot of the peak, and Roman repeated
+his conviction that all Engadine mountains were perfectly easy, and
+that we should find ourselves on the top of the Scerscen next morning.
+However, he made no objection to taking an extra rope of 100 feet,
+and, telling one friend our plan in strictest confidence, we climbed
+into the carriage.
+
+We duly arrived at the Mortel Hut and were early in bed, as Roman
+wished us to set out at an early hour, or a late one, if I may thus
+allude to 11 P.M. He was still firmly convinced that to the top of the
+Scerscen we should go, and wanted every moment in hand, in spite of
+his recent criticisms of Engadine mountains. There was a very useful
+moon, and by its light we promised Roman to take him to the foot of
+the peak, where its rocky sides rise abruptly from the Scerscen
+Glacier.
+
+I must here explain that there are several ways up the Scerscen. I
+wished to ascend by the rocks on the south side, which, though harder,
+were safer than the other routes. As for the descent (if we got up!)
+we intended coming down the way we had ascended, little knowing not
+only that no one had been down by this route, but also that a party
+had attempted to get down it and had been driven back. As for finding
+our way up, some notes in the _Alpine Journal_ were our only guide.
+The mountain had been previously ascended but a few times altogether,
+and only, I think, once or twice by the south face. No lady had up
+till then tried it.
+
+We were off punctually at 11 P.M., and by the brilliant light of the
+moon made good time over the glacier and up the snow slopes leading to
+the Sella Pass. This we reached in three hours, without a pause, from
+the hut, and, making no halt there, immediately plunged into the
+softer snow on the Italian side, and began to skirt the precipices on
+our left. Even in midsummer, it was still dark at this early hour,
+and the moon had already set. A great rocky peak rose near us, and
+Wieland gave it as his opinion that it was the Scerscen. I differed
+from him, believing our mountain to be some distance farther, so it
+was mutually agreed that we should halt for food, after which we
+should have more light to enable us to determine our position.
+
+Gradually the warmth of dawn crept over the sky, and soon the
+beautiful spectacle of an Alpine sunrise was before us, with the
+wonderful "flush of adoration" on the mountain heads. There was no
+doubt now where we were; our peak was some way beyond, and the only
+question was, how to go up it? I repeated to Roman the information I
+had gleaned from the Journal, and he thanked me, doubtless having his
+own ideas, which he intended alone to be guided by. Luckily, as we
+advanced the mountain became visible from base to summit, so that
+Roman could trace out his way up it as upon a map. We walked up the
+glacier to the foot of the mighty wall, and soon began to go up it,
+advancing for some time with fair rapidity, in spite of the fresh
+snow. After, perhaps, a couple of hours or so, we came to our first
+real difficulty. This was a tall, red cliff, with a cleft up part of
+it, and, as there was an evil-looking and nearly perpendicular gully
+of ice to the right and overhanging rocks to the left, we had either
+to go straight up or abandon the expedition. The cleft was large and
+was garnished with a sturdy icicle, or column of ice, some 5 feet or
+more in diameter. Bidding me wedge myself into a firm place, Roman
+began to cut footholds up the icicle, and then, when after a few steps
+the cleft or chimney ended, he turned to his right and wormed himself
+along the very face of the cliff, holding on by the merest
+irregularities, which can hardly be termed ledges. After a couple of
+yards he struck straight up, and wriggling somehow on the surface,
+rendered horribly slippery by the snow, he at last, after what seemed
+an age, called on Wieland to follow. What was a _tour de force_ for
+the first man was comparatively easy for the second, and soon my turn
+came to try my hand--or rather my feet and knees and any other
+adhesive portion of my person--on the business. The first part was the
+worst, for, as the rope came from the side and not above till the
+traverse was made, I had no help. Eventually I, too, emerged on to the
+wall, and saw right over me the rope passing through a gap, behind
+which, excellently placed, were the guides. I helped myself to the
+utmost of my capacity, but a pull was not unwelcome towards the end,
+when, exhausted and breathless, I could struggle no more. As I joined
+the guides they moved to give me space on the ledge, and we spent a
+well-earned quarter of an hour in rest and refreshment. The worst was
+now over, but owing to the snow, which covered much of the rock to a
+depth of about 2 or 3 feet, the remainder of the way was distinctly
+difficult, and as the mountain was totally unknown to us we never
+could tell what troubles might be in store. However, having left the
+foot of the actual peak at 5.40 A.M., we arrived on the top at 10.40
+A.M., and as we lifted our heads above the final rocks, hardly daring
+to believe that we really were on the summit, a distant cheer was
+borne to our ears from Piz Bernina, and we knew that our arrival had
+been observed by another party.
+
+So formidable did we consider the descent that we only allowed
+ourselves ten minutes on the top, and then we prepared to go. Could we
+cross the ridge to Piz Bernina and so avoid the chimney? It had a
+great reputation, and we feared to embark on the unknown. So at 10.50
+A.M. we began the descent, moving one at a time with the utmost
+caution. Before long the difficulties increased as we reached the
+steeper part of the mountain. The rocks now streamed with water from
+the rapidly melting snow, under the rays of an August sun. As I held
+on, streams ran in at my wristbands, and soon I was soaked through.
+But the work demanded such close attention that a mere matter of
+discomfort was nothing. Presently we had to uncoil our spare 100 feet
+of rope, and now our progress grew slower and slower. After some hours
+we came to the chimney. No suitable rock could be found to attach the
+rope to, so Roman sat down and thought the matter out. The difficulty
+was to get the last man down; for the two first, held from above, the
+descent was easy. Roman soon hit upon an ingenious idea. Wieland and I
+were to go down to the bottom of the cleft. Wieland was to unrope me
+and, leaving me, was to cut steps _across_ the ice-slope to our left
+till leverage was obtainable for the rope across the boss of rock
+where Roman stood, and where it would remain in position so long as it
+was kept taut, with Roman at one end and Wieland slowly paying out
+from below. The manoeuvre succeeded, and after about two hours' work
+Wieland had hewn a large platform in the ice and prepared to gradually
+let out the rope as Roman came down. He descended in grand form,
+puffing at his pipe and declared the difficulty grossly over-rated,
+though he did not despise the precaution. At 2.30 A.M. we re-entered
+the Mortel Hut, somewhat tired, but much pleased with the success of
+our expedition.
+
+Our second ascent of Piz Scerscen is soon told.
+
+Four days later Roman casually remarked to me: "It is a pity, ma'am,
+we have not crossed the Scerscen to the Bernina."
+
+"It is," I replied. "Let us start at once and do it."
+
+Wieland was consulted, and was only too delighted to go anywhere under
+Roman's leadership. Our times will give an idea of the changed state
+of the mountain, for, leaving the Mortel Hut at 12.30 midnight, we
+were on the top of the Scerscen at 8 A.M. At nine we set off, and
+taking things leisurely, with halts for food, we passed along the
+famous arête, and, thanks to Roman's choice of route, met with not one
+really hard step. At 2.30 P.M. we found ourselves on the top of Piz
+Bernina, and had a chat with another party, who had arrived not long
+before. I waited to see them start, and rejoiced that I had kept two
+plates. Then we, too, set forth, and were in the valley by 7 P.M.
+
+
+THE FIRST ASCENT OF MONT BLANC BY A WOMAN, AND SOME SUBSEQUENT ASCENTS
+
+The first woman who reached the summit of Mont Blanc was a native of
+Chamonix, Maria Paradis by name. Her account of her expedition is so
+admirably graphic and picturesque that I shall give a translation of
+it as like the original as I can. Though it was so far back as the
+year 1809, Maria writes quite in the spirit of modern journalism.
+
+She begins:--"I was only a poor servant. One day the guides said to
+me, 'We are going up there, come with us. Travellers will come and see
+you afterwards and give you presents.' That decided me, and I set out
+with them. When I reached the Grand Plateau I could not walk any
+longer. I felt very ill, and I lay down on the snow. I panted like a
+chicken in the heat. They held me up by my arms on each side and
+dragged me along. But at the Rochers-Rouge I could get no further, and
+I said to them 'Chuck me into a crevasse and go on yourselves.'
+
+"'You must go to the top,' answered the guides. They seized hold of
+me, they dragged me, they pushed me, they carried me, and at last we
+arrived. Once at the summit, I could see nothing clearly, I could not
+breathe, I could not speak."
+
+Maria was thirty years of age, and made quite a fortune out of her
+achievement. From that time, tourists returning from Mont Blanc
+noticed with surprise, as they passed through the pine woods, a feast
+spread out under the shade of a huge tree. Cream, fruit, etc., were
+tastefully displayed on the white cloth. A neat-looking peasant woman
+urged them to partake. "It is Maria of Mont Blanc!" the guides would
+cry, and the travellers halted to hear the story of her ascent and to
+refresh themselves.
+
+The second woman, and the first lady to climb Mont Blanc, was a
+Frenchwoman, Mademoiselle d'Angeville. For years she had determined to
+make the attempt, but it was only in 1838, when she was 44 years of
+age, that she came to Chamonix with the intention of immediately
+setting out for the great mountain. She had many difficulties to
+surmount. The guides feared the responsibility of taking up a woman,
+many of the Chamonix people thought her mad, and while one was ready
+to offer a thousand francs to five that she would not reach the top,
+another was prepared to accept heavy odds that there would be a
+catastrophe. At last, however, all was ready, and she started. Two
+other parties offered to join her. She declined with thanks. After
+half an hour on the glacier she detached herself from the rope and
+would accept no help. This was far from being out of sheer bravado, it
+was simply that she desired to inspire confidence in her powers.
+During the night on the rocks of the Grands Mulets she suffered
+terribly from cold and could not snatch a moment's sleep. When the
+party stopped for breakfast at the Grand Plateau, she could eat
+nothing. At the Corridor, feverishness, and fearful thirst overcame
+her; she fell to the ground from weakness and drowsiness. After a
+little rest, however, she was able to go on, but at the Mur de la Cote
+she felt desperately ill. Violent palpitation seized on her and her
+limbs felt like lead. With a tremendous effort she moved on. The
+beatings of her heart became more suffocating, her pulse was too rapid
+to count, she could not take more than ten steps without stopping. One
+thing only remained strong in her--the _will_. During these frequent
+halts she heard the murmuring of talk between the guides, as in a
+dream. "We shall fail! Look at her, she has fallen asleep! Shall we
+try and carry her?" while Couttet cried, "If ever I find myself again
+with a lady on Mont Blanc!" At these words Mademoiselle d'Angeville,
+with a desperate effort, shook off her torpor and stood up. She clung
+with desperate energy to the one idea: "If I die," she said to the
+guides, "promise to carry me up there and bury me on the top!" And the
+men, stupified with such persistence, answered gravely, "Make your
+mind easy, mademoiselle, you shall go there, dead or alive!"
+
+ [Illustration: HARD WORK.]
+
+ [Illustration: MRS AUBREY LE BLOND SETS OUT IN A LONG SKIRT (page
+ 87).]
+
+As she approached the top she felt better, and was able to advance
+without support, and when she stepped on to the summit, and knew that
+her great wish was at last accomplished, all sensation of illness
+vanished as if by enchantment.
+
+"And now, mademoiselle, you shall go higher than Mont Blanc!"
+exclaimed the guides, and joining hands they lifted her above their
+shoulders.
+
+One more ascent by a lady deserves mention here, that of Miss
+Stratton, on 31st January 1876. She was the first person to reach the
+summit of Mont Blanc in mid-winter.
+
+It is difficult to understand why these early climbers of Mont Blanc,
+men as well as women, suffered so terribly from mountain sickness, a
+disease one rarely hears of nowadays in the Alps. The question is too
+vexed a one for me to discuss it here, but I may say that want of
+training and unsuitable food bring it on in most cases. "The
+stagnation of the air in valleys above the snow-line," was believed to
+produce it, and I cannot help thinking that this does have some
+effect. The first time I went up Mont Blanc I did not feel well on the
+Grand Plateau, but was all right when I reached the breezy ridge of
+the Bosses. The second time, ascending by the route on the Italian
+side of the peak, where there are no snowy valleys, I did not suffer
+at all. The third time I felt uncomfortable on the slope leading to
+the Corridor, but quite myself again above.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+THE ASCENT OF A WALL OF ICE
+
+
+Of all the writers on Alpine matters none has a more charming style,
+or has described his adventures in a more modest manner, than Sir
+Leslie Stephen. Perhaps the most delightful passages in his
+_Playground of Europe_ are those in which he tells how, in company
+with the Messrs Mathews, he managed to get up the great wall of ice
+between the Mönch and the Eiger, known as the Eigerjoch. The Messrs
+Mathews had with them two Chamonix guides, while Mr Leslie Stephen had
+engaged the gigantic Oberlander Ulrich Lauener. In those days there
+was often keen rivalry--and something more--between French and
+German-speaking guides, and Lauener was apt to be rather an autocrat
+on the mountains. "As, however, he could not speak a word of French,
+nor they of German, he was obliged to convey his 'sentiments' in
+pantomime, which, perhaps, did not soften 'their vigour.' I was
+accordingly prepared for a few disputes next day.
+
+"About four on the morning of 7th August we got off from the inn on
+the Wengern Alp, notwithstanding a few delays, and steered straight
+for the foot of the Eiger. In the early morning the rocks around the
+glacier and the lateral moraines were hard and slippery. Before long,
+however, we found ourselves well on the ice, near the central axis of
+the Eiger Glacier, and looking up at the great terrace-shaped
+ice-masses, separated by deep crevasses, which rose threateningly over
+our heads, one above another, like the defences of some vast
+fortification. And here began the first little dispute between
+Oberland and Chamouni. The Chamouni men proposed a direct assault on
+the network of crevasses above us. Lauener said that we ought to turn
+them by crossing to the south-west side, immediately below the Mönch.
+My friends and their guides forming a majority, and seeming to have
+little respect for the arguments urged by the minority, we gave in and
+followed them, with many muttered remarks from Lauener. We soon found
+ourselves performing a series of manoeuvres like those required for
+the ascent of the Col du Géant. At times we were lying flat in little
+gutters on the faces of the _séracs_, worming ourselves along like
+boa-constrictors. At the next moment we were balancing ourselves on a
+knife-edge of ice between two crevasses, or plunging into the very
+bowels of the glacier, with a natural arch of ice meeting above our
+heads. I need not attempt to describe difficulties and dangers
+familiar to all ice-travellers. Like other such difficulties, they
+were exciting, and even rather amusing for a time, but, unfortunately,
+they seemed inclined to last rather too long. Some of the deep
+crevasses apparently stretched almost from side to side of the
+glacier, rending its whole mass into distorted fragments. In
+attempting to find a way through them, we seemed to be going nearly as
+far backwards as forwards, and the labyrinth in which we were involved
+was as hopelessly intricate after a long struggle as it had been at
+first. Moreover, the sun had long touched the higher snow-fields, and
+was creeping down to us step by step. As soon as it reached the huge
+masses amongst which we were painfully toiling, some of them would
+begin to jump about like hailstones in a shower, and our position
+would become really dangerous. The Chamouni guides, in fact, declared
+it to be dangerous already, and warned us not to speak, for fear of
+bringing some of the nicely-poised ice-masses down on our heads. On my
+translating this well-meant piece of advice to Lauener, he
+immediately selected the most dangerous looking pinnacle in sight, and
+mounting to the top of it sent forth a series of screams, loud enough,
+I should have thought, to bring down the top of the Mönch. They
+failed, however, to dislodge any _séracs_, and Lauener, going to the
+front, called to us to follow him. By this time we were all glad to
+follow any one who was confident enough to lead. Turning to our right,
+we crossed the glacier in a direction parallel to the deep crevasses,
+and therefore unobstructed by any serious obstacles, till we found
+ourselves immediately beneath the great cliffs of the Mönch. Our
+prospects changed at once. A great fold in the glacier produces a kind
+of diagonal pathway, stretching upwards from the point where we stood
+towards the rocks of the Eiger--not that it was exactly a
+carriage-road--but along the line which divides two different systems
+of crevasse, the glacier seemed to have been crushed into smaller
+fragments, producing, as it were, a kind of incipient macadamisation.
+The masses, instead of being divided by long regular trenches, were
+crumbled and jammed together so as to form a road, easy and pleasant
+enough by comparison with our former difficulties. Pressing rapidly up
+this rough path, we soon found ourselves in the very heart of the
+glacier, with a broken wilderness of ice on every side. We were in
+one of the grandest positions I have ever seen for observing the
+wonders of the ice-world; but those wonders were not all of an
+encouraging nature. For, looking up to the snow-fields now close above
+us, an obstacle appeared which made us think that all our previous
+labours had been in vain. From side to side of the glacier a vast
+_chevaux de frise_ of blue ice-pinnacles struck up through the white
+layers of _névé_ formed by the first plunge of the glacier down its
+waterfall of ice. Some of them rose in fantastic shapes--huge blocks
+balanced on narrow footstalks, and only waiting for the first touch of
+the sun to fall in ruins down the slope below. Others rose like church
+spires, or like square towers, defended by trenches of unfathomable
+depths. Once beyond this barrier we should be safe upon the highest
+plateau of the glacier at the foot of the last snow-slope. But it was
+obviously necessary to turn them by some judicious strategical
+movement. One plan was to climb the lower rocks of the Eiger; but,
+after a moment's hesitation, we fortunately followed Lauener towards
+the other side of the glacier, where a small gap between the _séracs_
+and the lower slopes of the Mönch seemed to be the entrance to a
+ravine that might lead us upwards. Such it turned out to be. Instead
+of the rough footing in which we had hitherto been unwillingly
+restricted, we found ourselves ascending a narrow gorge, with the
+giant cliffs of the Mönch on our right, and the toppling ice-pinnacles
+on our left. A beautifully even surface of snow, scarcely marked by a
+single crevasse, lay beneath our feet. We pressed rapidly up this
+strange little pathway, as it wound steeply upwards between the rocks
+and the ice, expecting at every moment to see it thin out, or break
+off at some impassable crevasse. It was, I presume, formed by the
+sliding of avalanches from the slopes of the Mönch. At any rate, to
+our delight, it led us gradually round the barrier of _séracs_, till
+in a few minutes we found ourselves on the highest plateau of the
+glacier, the crevasses fairly beaten, and a level plain of snow
+stretching from our feet to the last snow-slope.
+
+"We were now standing on the edge of a small level plateau. One, and
+only one, gigantic crevasse of really surpassing beauty stretched
+right across it. This was, we guessed, some 300 feet deep, and its
+sides passed gradually into the lovely blues and greens of
+semi-transparent ice, whilst long rows and clusters of huge icicles
+imitated (as Lauener remarked) the carvings and ecclesiastical
+furniture of some great cathedral.
+
+"To reach our pass, we had the choice either of at once attacking the
+long steep slopes which led directly to the shoulder of the Mönch, or
+of first climbing the gentle slope near the Eiger, and then forcing
+our way along the backbone of the ridge. We resolved to try the last
+plan first.
+
+"Accordingly, after a hasty breakfast at 9.30, we started across our
+little snow-plain and commenced the ascent. After a short climb of no
+great difficulty, merely pausing to chip a few steps out of the hard
+crust of snow, we successively stepped safely on to the top of the
+ridge. As each of my predecessors did so, I observed that he first
+looked along the arête, then down the cliffs before him, and then
+turned with a very blank expression of face to his neighbour. From our
+feet the bare cliffs sank down, covered with loose rocks, but too
+steep to hold more than patches of snow, and presenting right
+dangerous climbing for many hundred feet towards the Grindelwald
+glaciers. The arête offered a prospect not much better: a long ridge
+of snow, sharp as the blade of a knife, was playfully alternated with
+great rocky teeth, striking up through their icy covering, like the
+edge of a saw. We held a council standing, and considered the
+following propositions:--First, Lauener coolly proposed, and nobody
+seconded, a descent of the precipices towards Grindelwald. This
+proposition produced a subdued shudder from the travellers and a
+volley of unreportable language from the Chamouni guides. It was
+liable, amongst other things, to the trifling objection that it would
+take us just the way we did not want to go. The Chamouni men now
+proposed that we should follow the arête. This was disposed of by
+Lauener's objection that it would take at least six hours. We should
+have had to cut steps down the slope and up again round each of the
+rocky teeth I have mentioned; and I believe that this calculation of
+time was very probably correct. Finally, we unanimously resolved upon
+the only course open to us--to descend once more into our little
+valley, and thence to cut our way straight up the long slopes to the
+shoulder of the Mönch.
+
+"Considerably disappointed at this unexpected check, we retired to the
+foot of the slopes, feeling that we had no time to lose, but still
+hoping that a couple of hours more might see us at the top of the
+pass. It was just eleven as we crossed a small bergschrund and began
+the ascent. Lauener led the way to cut the steps, followed by the two
+other guides, who deepened and polished them up. Just as we started, I
+remarked a kind of bright tract drawn down the ice in front of us,
+apparently by the frozen remains of some small rivulet which had been
+trickling down it. I guessed it would take some fifty steps and
+half-an-hour's work to reach it. We cut about fifty steps, however, in
+the first half-hour, and were not a quarter of the way to my mark; and
+as even when there we should not be half-way to the top, matters began
+to look serious. The ice was very hard, and it was necessary, as
+Lauener observed, to cut steps in it as big as soup-tureens, for the
+result of a slip would in all probability have been that the rest of
+our lives would have been spent in sliding down a snow-slope, and that
+that employment would not have lasted long enough to become at all
+monotonous. Time slipped by, and I gradually became weary of a sound
+to which at first I always listened with pleasure--the chipping of the
+axe, and the hiss of the fragments as they skip down the long incline
+below us. Moreover, the sun was very hot, and reflected with
+oppressive power from the bright and polished surface of the ice. I
+could see that a certain flask was circulating with great steadiness
+amongst the guides, and the work of cutting the steps seemed to be
+extremely severe. I was counting the 250th step, when we at last
+reached the little line I had been so long watching, and it even then
+required a glance back at the long line of steps behind to convince
+me that we had in fact made any progress. The action of resting one's
+whole weight on one leg for about a minute, and then slowly
+transferring it to the other, becomes wearisome when protracted for
+hours. Still the excitement and interest made the time pass quickly. I
+was in constant suspense lest Lauener should pronounce for a retreat,
+which would have been not merely humiliating, but not improbably
+dangerous, amidst the crumbling _séracs_ in the afternoon sun. I
+listened with some amusement to the low moanings of little Charlet,
+who was apparently bewailing his position to Croz, and being heartless
+chaffed in return. One or two measurements with a clinometer of
+Mathews' gave inclinations of 51° or 52°, and the slope was perhaps
+occasionally a little more.
+
+ [Illustration: A VERY STEEP ICE SLOPE.]
+
+ [Illustration: HARD SNOW IN THE EARLY MORNING ON THE TOP OF A GLACIER
+ PASS NEARLY 12,000 FEET ABOVE SEA.]
+
+"At last, as I was counting the 580th step, we reached a little patch
+of rock, and felt ourselves once more on solid ground, with no small
+satisfaction. Not that the ground was specially solid. It was a small
+crumbling patch of rock, and every stone we dislodged went bounding
+rapidly down the side of the slope, diminishing in apparent size till
+it disappeared in the bergschrund, hundreds of feet below. However,
+each of us managed to find some nook in which he could stow himself
+away, whilst the Chamouni men took their turn in front, and cut steps
+straight upwards to the top of the slope. By this means they kept
+along a kind of rocky rib, of which our patch was the lowest point,
+and we thus could occasionally get a footstep on rock instead of ice.
+Once on the top of the slope, we could see no obstacle intervening
+between us and the point over which our pass must lie.
+
+"Meanwhile we meditated on our position. It was already four o'clock.
+After twelve hours' unceasing labour, we were still a long way on the
+wrong side of the pass. We were clinging to a ledge in the mighty
+snow-wall which sank sheer down below us and rose steeply above our
+heads. Beneath our feet the whole plain of Switzerland lay with a
+faint purple haze drawn over it like a veil, a few green sparkles just
+pointing out the Lake of Thun. Nearer, and apparently almost
+immediately below us, lay the Wengern Alp, and the little inn we had
+left twelve hours before, whilst we could just see the back of the
+labyrinth of crevasses where we had wandered so long. Through a
+telescope I could even distinguish people standing about the inn, who
+no doubt were contemplating our motions. As we rested, the Chamouni
+guides had cut a staircase up the slope, and we prepared to follow. It
+was harder work than before, for the whole slope was now covered with
+a kind of granular snow, and resembled a huge pile of hailstones. The
+hailstones poured into every footstep as it was cut, and had to be
+cleared out with hands and feet before we could get even a slippery
+foothold. As we crept cautiously up this treacherous staircase, I
+could not help reflecting on the lively bounds with which the stones
+and fragments of ice had gone spinning from our last halting place
+down to the yawning bergschrund below. We succeeded, however, in
+avoiding their example, and a staircase of about one hundred steps
+brought us to the top of the ridge, but at a point still at some
+distance from the pass. It was necessary to turn along the arête
+towards the Mönch. We were preparing to do this by keeping on the
+snow-ridge, when Lauener, jumping down about 6 feet on the side
+opposite to that by which we had ascended, lighted upon a little ledge
+of rock, and called to us to follow. He assured us that it was
+granite, and that therefore there was no danger of slipping. It was
+caused by the sun having melted the snow on the southern side of the
+ridge, so that it no longer quite covered the inclined plane of rock
+upon which it rested. It was narrow and treacherous enough in
+appearance at first; soon, however, it grew broader, and, compared
+with our ice-climb, afforded capital footing. The precipice beneath us
+thinned out as the Viescher Glacier rose towards our pass, and at last
+we found ourselves at the edge of a little mound of snow, through
+which a few plunging steps brought us, just at six o'clock, to the
+long-desired shoulder of the Mönch.
+
+"I cannot describe the pleasure with which we stepped at last on to
+the little saddle of snow, and felt that we had won the victory."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+THE AIGUILLE DU DRU
+
+
+Few mountains have been the object of such repeated attempts by
+experienced climbers to reach their summits, as was the rocky pinnacle
+of the Aiguille du Dru, at Chamonix. While the name of Whymper will
+always be associated with the Matterhorn, so will that of Clinton Dent
+be with the Aiguille du Dru, and the accounts given by him in his
+delightful little work, _Above the Snow Line_, of his sixteen
+unavailing scrambles on the peak, followed by the stirring description
+of how at last he got up it, are amongst the romances of
+mountaineering.
+
+I have space for only a few extracts describing Mr Dent's early
+attempts, which even the non-climber would find very entertaining to
+read about in the work from which I quote. The Chamonix people,
+annoyed that foreign guides should monopolise the peak, threw cold
+water on the idea of ascending it, and were ready, if they got a
+chance, to deny that it had been ascended. An honourable exception to
+the attitude adopted by these gentry, was, however, furnished by that
+splendid guide, Edouard Cupelin, who always asserted that the peak was
+climbable, and into whose big mind no trace of jealousy was ever known
+to enter.
+
+Very witty are some of the accounts of Mr Dent's earlier starts for
+the Aiguille du Dru. On one occasion, starting in the small hours of
+the morning from Chamonix, he reached the Montanvert at 3.30 A.M. "The
+landlord at once appeared in full costume," he writes; "indeed I
+observed that during the summer it was impossible to tell from his
+attire whether he had risen immediately from bed or no. Our friend had
+cultivated to great perfection the art of half sleeping during his
+waking hours--that is, during such time as he might be called upon to
+provide entertainment for man and beast. Now, at the Montanvert,
+during the tourists' season, this period extended over the whole
+twenty-four hours. It was necessary, therefore, in order that he might
+enjoy a proper physiological period of rest, for him to remain in a
+dozing state--a sort of æstival hybernation--for the whole time, which
+in fact he did; or else he was by nature a very dull person, and had
+actually a very restricted stock of ideas.
+
+"The sight of a tourist with an ice-axe led by a kind of reflex
+process to the landlord's unburdening his mind with his usual remarks.
+Like other natives of the valley he had but two ideas of
+'extraordinary' expeditions. 'Monsieur is going to the Jardin?' he
+remarked. 'No, monsieur isn't.' 'Then, beyond a doubt, monsieur will
+cross the Col du Géant?' he said, playing his trump card. 'No,
+monsieur will not.' 'Pardon--where does monsieur expect to go?' 'On
+the present occasion we go to try the Aiguille du Dru.' The landlord
+smiled in an aggravating manner. 'Does monsieur think he will get up?'
+'Time will show.' 'Ah!' The landlord, who had a chronic cold in the
+head, searched for his pocket-handkerchief, but not finding it,
+modified the necessary sniff into one of derision." On this day the
+party did not get up, nor did they gain the summit a little later when
+they made another attempt. They then had with them a porter who gave
+occasion for an excellent bit of character-sketching. "He was," says
+Mr Dent, "as silent as an oyster, though a strong and skilful climber,
+and like an oyster when its youth is passed, he was continually on the
+gape." They mounted higher and higher, and began at last to think that
+success awaited them. "Old Franz chattered away to himself, as was his
+wont when matters went well, and on looking back on one occasion I
+perceived the strange phenomenon of a smile illuminating the porter's
+features. However, this worthy spoke no words of satisfaction, but
+pulled ever at his empty pipe.
+
+"By dint of wriggling over a smooth sloping stone slab, we had got
+into a steep rock gully which promised to lead us to a good height.
+Burgener, assisted by much pushing and prodding from below, and aided
+on his own part by much snorting and some strong language, had managed
+to climb on to a great overhanging boulder that cut off the view from
+the rest of the party below. As he disappeared from sight we watched
+the paying out of the rope with as much anxiety as a fisherman eyes
+his vanishing line when the salmon runs. Presently the rope ceased to
+move, and we waited for a few moments in suspense. We felt that the
+critical moment of the expedition had arrived, and the fact that our
+own view was exceedingly limited, made us all the more anxious to hear
+the verdict. 'How does it look?' we called out. The answer came back
+in _patois_, a bad sign in such emergencies. For a minute or two an
+animated conversation was kept up; then we decided to take another
+opinion, and accordingly hoisted up our second guides. The chatter was
+redoubled. 'What does it look like?' we shouted again. 'Not
+possible from where we are,' was the melancholy answer, and in a tone
+that crushed at once all our previous elation. I could not find words
+at the moment to express my disappointment; but the porter could, and
+gallantly he came to the rescue. He opened his mouth for the first
+time and spoke, and he said very loud indeed that it was 'verdammt.'
+Precisely: that is just what it was."
+
+ [Illustration: ON A VERY STEEP, SMOOTH SLAB OF ROCK.]
+
+ [Illustration: NEGOTIATING STEEP PASSAGES OF ROCK.]
+
+It was not till 1878 that Mr Dent was able to return to Chamonix. He
+had now one fixed determination with regard to the Dru:--either he
+would get to the top or prove that the ascent was impossible.
+
+His first few attempts that season were frustrated by bad weather, and
+so persistently did the rain continue to fall that for a couple of
+weeks no high ascents could be thought of. During this time, Mr Maund,
+who had been with Mr Dent on many of his attempts, was obliged to
+return to England.
+
+"On a mountain such as we knew the Aiguille du Dru to be, it would not
+have been wise to make any attempt with a party of more than four. No
+doubt three--that is, an amateur with two guides--would have been
+better still, but I had, during the enforced inaction through which we
+had been passing, become so convinced of ultimate success, that I was
+anxious to find a companion to share it. Fortunately, J. Walker
+Hartley, a highly skilful and practised mountaineer, was at Chamouni,
+and it required but little persuasion to induce him to join our party.
+Seizing an opportunity one August day, when the rain had stopped for a
+short while, we decided to try once more, or, at any rate, to see what
+effects the climatic phases through which we had been passing had
+produced on the Aiguille. With Alexander Burgener and Andreas Maurer
+still as guides, we ascended once again the slopes by the side of the
+Charpoua Glacier, and succeeded in discovering a still more eligible
+site for a bivouac than on our previous attempts. A little before four
+the next morning we extracted each other from our respective sleeping
+bags, and made our way rapidly up the glacier. The snow still lay
+thick everywhere on the rocks, which were fearfully cold, and glazed
+with thin layers of slippery ice; but our purpose was very serious
+that day, and we were not to be deterred by anything short of
+unwarrantable risk. We intended the climb to be merely one of
+exploration, but were resolved to make it as thorough as possible, and
+with the best results. From the middle of the slope leading up to the
+ridge the guides went on alone, while we stayed to inspect and work
+out bit by bit the best routes over such parts of the mountain as lay
+within view. In an hour or two Burgener and Maurer came back to us,
+and the former invited me to go on with him back to the point from
+which he had just descended. His invitation was couched in gloomy
+terms, but there was a twinkle at the same time in his eye which it
+was easy to interpret--_ce n'est que l'oeil qui rit_. We started
+off, and climbed without the rope up the way which was now so
+familiar, but which on this occasion, in consequence of the glazed
+condition of the rocks, was as difficult as it could well be; but for
+a growing conviction that the upper crags were not so bad as they
+looked, we should scarcely have persevered. 'Wait a little,' said
+Burgener, 'I will show you something presently.' We reached at last a
+great knob of rock close below the ridge, and for a long time sat a
+little distance apart silently staring at the precipices of the upper
+peak. I asked Burgener what it might be that he had to show me. He
+pointed to a little crack some way off, and begged that I would study
+it, and then fell again to gazing at it very hard himself. Though we
+scarcely knew it at the time this was the turning point of our year's
+climbing. Up to that moment I had only felt doubts as to the
+inaccessibility of the mountain. Now a certain feeling of confident
+elation began to creep over me. The fact is, that we gradually worked
+ourselves up into the right mental condition, and the aspect of a
+mountain varies marvellously according to the beholder's frame of
+mind. These same crags had been by each of us independently, at one
+time or another, deliberately pronounced impossible. They were in no
+better condition that day than usual, in fact, in much worse order
+than we had often seen them before. Yet, notwithstanding that good
+judges had ridiculed the idea of finding a way up the precipitous
+wall, the prospect looked different that day as turn by turn we
+screwed our determination up to the sticking point. Here and there we
+could clearly trace short bits of practicable rock ledges along which
+a man might walk, or over which at any rate he might transport
+himself, while cracks and irregularities seemed to develop as we
+looked. Gradually, uniting and communicating passages appeared to
+form. Faster and faster did our thoughts travel, and at last we rose
+and turned to each other. The same train of ideas had independently
+been passing through our minds. Burgener's face flushed, his eyes
+brightened, and he struck a great blow with his axe as we exclaimed
+almost together, 'It must, and it shall be done!'
+
+"The rest of the day was devoted to bringing down the long ladder,
+which had previously been deposited close below the summit of the
+ridge, to a point much lower and nearer to the main peak. This ladder
+had not hitherto been of the slightest assistance on the rocks, and
+had, indeed, proved a source of constant anxiety and worry, for it was
+ever prone to precipitate its lumbering form headlong down the slope.
+We had, it is true, used it occasionally on the glacier to bridge over
+the crevasses, and had saved some time thereby. Still, we were loth to
+discard its aid altogether, and accordingly devoted much time and no
+little exertion to hauling it about and fixing it in a place of
+security. It was late in the evening before we had made all our
+preparations for the next assault and turned to the descent, which
+proved to be exceedingly difficult on this occasion. The snow had
+become very soft during the day; the late hour and the melting above
+caused the stones to fall so freely down the gully that we gave up
+that line of descent and made our way over the face. Often, in
+travelling down, we were buried up to the waist in soft snow overlying
+rock slabs, of which we knew no more than that they were very smooth
+and inclined at a highly inconvenient angle. It was imperative for one
+only to move at a time, and the perpetual roping and unroping was
+most wearisome. In one place it was necessary to pay out 150 feet of
+rope between one position of comparative security and the one next
+below it, till the individual who was thus lowered looked like a bait
+at the end of a deep sea-line. One step and the snow would crunch up
+in a wholesome manner and yield firm support. The next, and the leg
+plunged in as far as it could reach, while the submerged climber
+would, literally, struggle in vain to collect himself. Of course those
+above, to whom the duty of paying out the rope was entrusted, would
+seize the occasion to jerk as violently at the cord as a cabman does
+at his horse's mouth when he has misguided the animal round a corner.
+Now another step, and a layer of snow not more than a foot deep would
+slide off with a gentle hiss, exposing bare, black ice beneath, or
+treacherous loose stones. Nor were our difficulties at an end when we
+reached the foot of the rocks, for the head of the glacier had fallen
+away from the main mass of the mountain, even as an ill-constructed
+bow-window occasionally dissociates itself from the façade of a
+jerry-built villa, and some very complicated manoeuvring was
+necessary in order to reach the snow slopes. It was not till late in
+the evening that we reached Chamouni; but it would have mattered
+nothing to us even had we been benighted, for we had seen all that we
+had wanted to see, and I would have staked my existence now on the
+possibility of ascending the peak. But the moment was not yet at hand,
+and our fortress held out against surrender to the very last by
+calling in its old allies, sou'-westerly winds and rainy weather. The
+whirligig of time had not yet revolved so as to bring us in our
+revenge.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+"Perhaps the monotonous repetition of failures on the peak influences
+my recollection of what took place subsequently to the expedition last
+mentioned. Perhaps (as I sometimes think even now) an intense desire
+to accomplish our ambition ripened into a realisation of actual
+occurrences which really were only efforts of imagination. This much I
+know, that when on 7th September we sat once more round a blazing wood
+fire at the familiar bivouac gazing pensively at the crackling fuel,
+it seemed hard to persuade one's self that so much had taken place
+since our last attempt. Leaning back against the rock and closing the
+eyes for a moment it seemed but a dream, whose reality could be
+disproved by an effort of the will, that we had gone to Zermatt in a
+storm and hurried back again in a drizzle on hearing that some other
+climbers were intent on our peak; that we had left Chamouni in rain
+and tried, for the seventeenth time, in a tempest; that matters had
+seemed so utterly hopeless, seeing that the season was far advanced
+and the days but short, as to induce me to return to England, leaving
+minute directions that if the snow should chance to melt and the
+weather to mend I might be summoned back at once; that after
+eight-and-forty hours of sojourn in the fogs of my native land an
+intimation had come by telegraph of glad tidings; that I had posted
+off straightway by _grande vitesse_ back to Chamouni; that I had
+arrived there at four in the morning."
+
+Once more the party mounted the now familiar slopes above their
+bivouac, and somehow on this occasion they all felt that something
+definite would come of the expedition, even if they did not on that
+occasion actually reach the top.
+
+I give the remainder of the account in Mr Dent's own words:
+
+"Now, personal considerations had to a great extent to be lost sight
+of in the desire to make the most of the day, and the result was that
+Hartley must have had a very bad time of it. Unfortunately, perhaps
+for him, he was by far the lightest member of the party; accordingly
+we argued that he was far less likely to break the rickety old ladder
+than we were. Again, as the lightest weight, he was most conveniently
+lowered down first over awkward places when they occurred.
+
+"In the times which are spoken of as old, and which have also, for
+some not very definable reason, the prefix good, if you wanted your
+chimneys swept you did not employ an individual now dignified by the
+title of a Ramoneur, but you adopted the simpler plan of calling in a
+master sweep. This person would come attended by a satellite, who wore
+the outward form of a boy and was gifted with certain special physical
+attributes. Especially was it necessary that the boy should be of such
+a size and shape as to fit nicely to the chimney, not so loosely on
+the one hand as to have any difficulty in ascending by means of his
+knees and elbows, nor so tightly on the other as to run any peril of
+being wedged in. The boy was then inserted into the chimney and did
+all the work, while the master remained below or sat expectant on the
+roof to encourage, to preside over, and subsequently to profit by, his
+apprentice's exertions. We adopted much the same principle. Hartley,
+as the lightest, was cast for the _rôle_ of the _jeune premier_, or
+boy, while Burgener and I on physical grounds alone filled the part,
+however unworthily, of the master sweep. As a play not infrequently
+owes its success to one actor so did our _jeune premier_, sometimes
+very literally, pull us through on the present occasion. Gallantly
+indeed did he fulfil his duty. Whether climbing up a ladder slightly
+out of the perpendicular, leaning against nothing in particular and
+with overhanging rocks above; whether let down by a rope tied round
+his waist, so that he dangled like the sign of the 'Golden Fleece'
+outside a haberdasher's shop, or hauled up smooth slabs of rock with
+his raiment in an untidy heap around his neck; in each and all of
+these exercises he was equally at home, and would be let down or would
+come up smiling. One place gave us great difficulty. An excessively
+steep wall of rock presented itself and seemed to bar the way to a
+higher level. A narrow crack ran some little way up the face, but
+above the rock was slightly overhanging, and the water trickling from
+some higher point had led to the formation of a huge bunch of gigantic
+icicles, which hung down from above. It was necessary to get past
+these, but impossible to cut them away, as they would have fallen on
+us below. Burgener climbed a little way up the face, planted his back
+against it, and held on to the ladder in front of him, while I did the
+same just below: by this means we kept the ladder almost
+perpendicular, but feared to press the highest rung heavily against
+the icicles above lest we should break them off. We now invited
+Hartley to mount up. For the first few steps it was easy enough; but
+the leverage was more and more against us as he climbed higher, seeing
+that he could not touch the rock, and the strain on our arms below was
+very severe. However, he got safely to the top and disappeared from
+view. The performance was a brilliant one, but, fortunately, had not
+to be repeated; as on a subsequent occasion, by a deviation of about
+15 or 20 feet, we climbed to the same spot in a few minutes with
+perfect ease and without using any ladder at all. On this occasion,
+however, we must have spent fully an hour while Hartley performed his
+feats, which were not unworthy of a Japanese acrobat. Every few feet
+of the mountain at this part gave us difficulty, and it was curious to
+notice how, on this the first occasion of travelling over the rock
+face, we often selected the wrong route in points of detail. We
+ascended from 20 to 25 feet, then surveyed right and left, up and
+down, before going any further. The minutes slipped by fast, but I
+have no doubt now that if we had had time we might have ascended to
+the final arête on this occasion. We had often to retrace our steps,
+and whenever we did so found some slightly different line by which
+time could have been saved. Though the way was always difficult
+nothing was impossible, and when the word at last was given, owing to
+the failing light, to descend, we had every reason to be satisfied
+with the result of the day's exploration. There seemed to be little
+doubt that we had traversed the most difficult part of the mountain,
+and, indeed, we found on a later occasion, with one or two notable
+exceptions, that such was the case.
+
+"However, at the time we did not think that, even if it were possible,
+it would be at all advisable to make our next attempt without a second
+guide. A telegram had been sent to Kaspar Maurer, instructing him to
+join us at the bivouac with all possible expedition. The excitement
+was thus kept up to the very last, for we knew not whether the message
+might have reached him, and the days of fine weather were precious.
+
+"It was late in the evening when we reached again the head of the
+glacier, and the point where we had left the feeble creature who had
+started with us as a second guide. On beholding us once more he wept
+copiously, but whether his tears were those of gratitude for release
+from the cramped position in which he had spent his entire day, or of
+joy at seeing us safe again, or whether they were the natural overflow
+of an imbecile intellect stirred by any emotion whatever, it were hard
+to say; at any rate he wept, and then fell to a description of some
+interesting details concerning the proper mode of bringing up infants,
+and the duties of parents towards their children; the most important
+of which, in his estimation, was that the father of a family should
+run no risk whatever on a mountain. Reaching our bivouac, we looked
+anxiously down over the glacier for any signs of Kaspar Maurer. Two or
+three parties were seen crawling homewards towards the Montanvert over
+the ice-fields, but no signs of our guide were visible. As the shades
+of night, however, were falling, we were able indistinctly to see in
+the far-off distance a little black dot skipping over the Mer de Glace
+with great activity. Most eagerly did we watch the apparition, and
+when finally it headed in our direction, and all doubt was removed as
+to the personality, we felt that our constant ill-luck was at last on
+the eve of changing. However, it was not till two days later that we
+left Chamouni once more for the nineteenth, and, as it proved, for the
+last time to try the peak.
+
+"On 11th September we sat on the rocks a few feet above the
+camping-place. Never before had we been so confident of success. The
+next day's climb was no longer to be one of exploration. We were to
+start as early as the light would permit, and we were to go up and
+always up, if necessary till the light should fail. Possibly we might
+have succeeded long before if we had had the same amount of
+determination to do so that we were possessed with on this occasion.
+We had made up our minds to succeed, and felt as if all our previous
+attempts had been but a sort of training for this special occasion. We
+had gone so far as to instruct our friends below to look out for us on
+the summit between twelve and two the next day. We had even gone to
+the length of bringing a stick wherewith to make a flagstaff on the
+top. Still one, and that a very familiar source of disquietude,
+harassed us as our eyes turned anxiously to the west. A single huge
+band of cloud hung heavily right across the sky, and looked like a
+harbinger of evil, for it was of a livid colour above, and tinged
+with a deep crimson red below. My companion was despondent at the
+prospect it suggested, and the guides tapped their teeth with their
+forefingers when they looked in that direction; but it was suggested
+by a more sanguine person that its form and very watery look suggested
+a Band of Hope. An insinuating smell of savoury soup was wafted up
+gently from below--
+
+ 'Stealing and giving odour.'
+
+We took courage; then descended to the tent, and took sustenance.
+
+"There was no difficulty experienced in making an early start the next
+day, and the moment the grey light allowed us to see our way we set
+off. On such occasions, when the mind is strung up to a high pitch of
+excitement, odd and trivial little details and incidents fix
+themselves indelibly on the memory. I can recall as distinctly now, as
+if it had only happened a moment ago, the exact tone of voice in which
+Burgener, on looking out of the tent, announced that the weather would
+do. Burgener and Kaspar Maurer were now our guides, for our old enemy
+with the family ties had been paid off and sent away with a flea in
+his ear--an almost unnecessary adjunct, as anyone who had slept in the
+same tent with him could testify. Notwithstanding that Maurer was far
+from well, and, rather weak, we mounted rapidly at first, for the way
+was by this time familiar enough, and we all meant business.
+
+"Our position now was this. By our exploration on the last occasion we
+had ascertained that it was possible to ascend to a great height on
+the main mass of the mountain. From the slope of the rocks, and from
+the shape of the mountain, we felt sure that the final crest would be
+easy enough. We had then to find a way still up the face, from the
+point where we had turned back on our last attempt, to some point on
+the final ridge of the mountain. The rocks on this part we had never
+been able to examine very closely, for it is necessary to cross well
+over to the south-eastern face while ascending from the ridge between
+the Aiguille du Dru and the Aiguille Verte. A great projecting
+buttress of rock, some two or three hundred feet in height, cuts off
+the view of that part of the mountain over which we now hoped to make
+our way. By turning up straight behind this buttress, we hoped to hit
+off and reach the final crest just above the point where it merges
+into the precipitous north-eastern wall visible from the Chapeau. This
+part of the mountain can only be seen from the very head of the
+Glacier de la Charpoua just under the mass of the Aiguille Verte. But
+this point of view is too far off for accurate observations, and the
+strip of mountain was practically, therefore, a _terra incognita_ to
+us.
+
+"We followed the gully running up from the head of the glacier towards
+the ridge above mentioned, keeping well to the left. Before long it
+was necessary to cross the gully on to the main peak. To make the
+topography clearer a somewhat prosaic and domestic simile may be
+employed. The Aiguille du Dru and the Aiguille Verte are connected by
+a long sharp ridge, towards which we were now climbing; and this ridge
+is let in, as it were, into the south-eastern side of the Aiguille du
+Dru, much as a comb may be stuck into the middle of a hairbrush, the
+latter article representing the main peak. Here we employed the ladder
+which had been placed in the right position the day previously. Right
+glad were we to see the rickety old structure, which had now spent
+four years on the mountain, and was much the worse for it. It creaked
+and groaned dismally under our weight, and ran sharp splinters into us
+at all points of contact, but yet there was a certain companionship
+about the old ladder, and we seemed almost to regret that it was not
+destined to share more in our prospective success. A few steps on and
+we came to a rough cleft some five-and-twenty feet in depth, which
+had to be descended. A double rope was fastened to a projecting crag,
+and we swung ourselves down as if we were barrels of split peas going
+into a ship's hold; then to the ascent again, and the excitement waxed
+stronger as we drew nearer to the doubtful part of the mountain.
+Still, we did not anticipate insuperable obstacles; for I think we
+were possessed with a determination to succeed, which is a sensation
+often spoken of as a presentiment of success. A short climb up an easy
+broken gully, and of a sudden we seemed to be brought to a stand
+still. A little ledge at our feet curled round a projecting crag on
+the left. 'What are we to do now?' said Burgener, but with a smile on
+his face that left no doubt as to the answer. He lay flat down on the
+ledge and wriggled round the projection, disappearing suddenly from
+view, as if the rock had swallowed him up. A shout proclaimed that his
+expectations had not been deceived, and we were bidden to follow; and
+follow we did, sticking to the flat face of the rock with all our
+power, and progressing like the skates down the glass sides of an
+aquarium tank. When the last man joined us we found ourselves all
+huddled together on a very little ledge indeed, while an overhanging
+rock above compelled us to assume the anomalous attitude enforced on
+the occupant of a little-ease dungeon. What next? An eager look up
+solved part of the doubt. 'There is the way,' said Burgener, leaning
+back to get a view. 'Oh, indeed,' we answered. No doubt there was a
+way, and we were glad to hear that it was possible to get up it. The
+attractions of the route consisted of a narrow flat gully plastered up
+with ice, exceeding straight and steep, and crowned at the top with a
+pendulous mass of enormous icicles. The gully resembled a half-open
+book standing up on end. Enthusiasts in rock-climbing who have
+ascended the Riffelhorn from the Gorner Glacier side will have met
+with a similar gully, but, as a rule, free from ice, which, in the
+present instance, constituted the chief difficulty. The ice, filling
+up the receding angle from top to bottom, rendered it impossible to
+find handhold on the rocks, and it was exceedingly difficult to cut
+steps in such a place, for the slabs of ice were prone to break away
+entire. However, the guides said they could get up, and asked us to
+keep out of the way of chance fragments of ice which might fall down
+as they ascended. So we tucked ourselves away on one side, and they
+fell to as difficult a business as could well be imagined. The rope
+was discarded, and slowly they worked up, their backs and elbows
+against one sloping wall, their feet against the other. But the angle
+was too wide to give security to this position, the more especially
+that with shortened axes they were compelled to hack out enough of the
+ice to reveal the rock below. In such places the ice is but loosely
+adherent, being raised up from the face much as pie-crust dissociates
+itself from the fruit beneath under the influence of the oven. Strike
+lightly with the axe, and a hollow sound is yielded without much
+impression on the ice; strike hard, and the whole mass breaks away.
+But the latter method is the right one to adopt, though it
+necessitates very hard work. No steps are really reliable when cut in
+ice of this description.
+
+"The masses of ice, coming down harder and harder as they ascended
+without intermission, showed how they were working, and the only
+consolation we had during a time that we felt to be critical, was that
+the guides were not likely to expend so much labour unless they
+thought that some good result would come of it. Suddenly there came a
+sharp shout and cry; then a crash as a great slab of ice, falling from
+above, was dashed into pieces at our feet and leaped into the air;
+then a brief pause, and we knew not what would happen next. Either the
+gully had been ascended or the guides had been pounded, and failure
+here might be failure altogether. It is true that Hartley and I had
+urged the guides to find a way some little distance to the right of
+the line on which they were now working; but they had reported that,
+though easy below, the route we had pointed out was impossible
+above.[10] A faint scratching noise close above us, as of a mouse
+perambulating behind a wainscot. We look up. It is the end of a rope.
+We seize it, and our pull from below is answered by a triumphant yell
+from above as the line is drawn taut. Fastening the end around my
+waist, I started forth. The gully was a scene of ruin, and I could
+hardly have believed that two axes in so short a time could have dealt
+so much destruction. Nowhere were the guides visible, and in another
+moment there was a curious sense of solitariness as I battled with the
+obstacles, aided in no small degree by the rope. The top of the gully
+was blocked up by a great cube of rock, dripping still where the
+icicles had just been broken off. The situation appeared to me to
+demand deliberation, though it was not accorded. 'Come on,' said
+voices from above. 'Up you go,' said a voice from below. I leaned as
+far back as I could, and felt about for a handhold. There was none.
+Everything seemed smooth. Then right, then left; still none. So I
+smiled feebly to myself, and called out, 'Wait a minute.' This was, of
+course, taken as an invitation to pull vigorously, and, struggling and
+kicking like a spider irritated by tobacco smoke, I topped the rock,
+and lent a hand on the rope for Hartley to follow. Then we learnt that
+a great mass of ice had broken away under Maurer's feet while they
+were in the gully, and that he must have fallen had not Burgener
+pinned him to the rock with one hand. From the number of times that
+this escape was described to us during that day and the next, I am
+inclined to think that it was rather a near thing. At the time, and
+often since, I have questioned myself as to whether we could have got
+up this passage without the rope let down from above. I think either
+of us could have done it in time with a companion. It was necessary
+for two to be in the gully at the same time, to assist each other. It
+was necessary, also, to discard the rope, which in such a place could
+only be a source of danger. But no amateur should have tried the
+passage on that occasion without confidence in his own powers, and
+without absolute knowledge of the limit of his own powers. If the
+gully had been free from ice it would have been much easier.
+
+"'The worst is over now,' said Burgener. I was glad to hear it, but
+looking upwards, had my doubts. The higher we went the bigger the
+rocks seemed to be. Still there was a way, and it was not so very
+unlike what I had, times out of mind, pictured to myself in
+imagination. Another tough scramble, and we stood on a comparatively
+extensive ledge. With elation we observed that we had now climbed more
+than half of the only part of the mountain of the nature of which we
+were uncertain. A few steps on and Burgener grasped me suddenly by the
+arm. 'Do you see the great red rock up yonder?' he whispered, hoarse
+with excitement-- 'in ten minutes we shall be there and on the arête,
+and then----' Nothing could stop us now; but a feverish anxiety to see
+what lay beyond, to look on the final slope which we knew must be
+easy, impelled us on, and we worked harder than ever to overcome the
+last few obstacles. The ten minutes expanded into something like
+thirty before we really reached the rock. Of a sudden the mountain
+seemed to change its form. For hours we had been climbing the hard,
+dry rocks. Now these appeared suddenly to vanish from under our feet,
+and once again our eyes fell on snow which lay thick, half hiding,
+half revealing, the final slope of the ridge. A glance along it showed
+that we had not misjudged. Even the cautious Maurer admitted that, as
+far as we could see, all appeared promising. And now, with the prize
+almost within our grasp, a strange desire to halt and hang back came
+on. Burgener tapped the rock with his axe, and we seemed somehow to
+regret that the way in front of us must prove comparatively easy. Our
+foe had almost yielded, and it appeared something like cruelty to
+administer the final _coup de grâce_. We could already anticipate the
+half-sad feeling with which we should reach the top itself. It needed
+but little to make the feeling give way. Some one cried 'Forward,' and
+instantly we were all in our places again, and the leader's axe
+crashed through the layers of snow into the hard blue ice beneath. A
+dozen steps, and then a short bit of rock scramble; then more steps
+along the south side of the ridge, followed by more rock, and the
+ridge beyond, which had been hidden for a minute or two, stretched out
+before us again as we topped the first eminence. Better and better it
+looked as we went on. 'See there,' cried Burgener suddenly, 'the
+actual top!'
+
+"There was no possibility of mistaking the two huge stones we had so
+often looked at from below. They seemed, in the excitement of the
+moment, misty and blurred for a brief space, but grew clear again as
+I passed my hand over my eyes, and seemed to swallow something. A few
+feet below the pinnacles and on the left was one of those strange
+arches formed by a great transverse boulder, so common near the
+summits of these aiguilles, and through the hole we could see blue
+sky. Nothing could lay beyond, and, still better, nothing could be
+above. On again, while we could scarcely stand still in the great
+steps the leader set his teeth to hack out. Then there came a short
+troublesome bit of snow scramble, where the heaped-up cornice had
+fallen back from the final rock. There we paused for a moment, for the
+summit was but a few feet from us, and Hartley, who was ahead,
+courteously allowed me to unrope and go on first. In a few seconds I
+clutched at the last broken rocks, and hauled myself up on to the
+sloping summit. There for a moment I stood alone gazing down on
+Chamouni. The holiday dream of five years was accomplished; the
+Aiguille du Dru was climbed. Where in the wide world will you find a
+sport able to yield pleasure like this?"
+
+FOOTNOTE:
+
+[10] It has transpired since that our judgment happened to be right in
+this matter, and we might probably have saved an hour or more at this
+part of the ascent.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+THE MOST FAMOUS MOUNTAIN IN THE ALPS--THE CONQUEST OF THE MATTERHORN
+
+
+The story of the Matterhorn must always be one of unique attraction.
+Like a good play, it resumes and concentrates in itself the incidents
+of a prolonged struggle--the conquest of the Alps. The strange
+mountain stood forth as a Goliath in front of the Alpine host, and
+when it found its conqueror there was a general feeling that the
+subjugation of the High Alps by human effort was decided, a feeling
+which has been amply justified by events. The contest itself was an
+eventful one. It was marked by a race between eager rivals, and the
+final victory was marred by the most terrible of Alpine accidents.
+
+ [Illustration: MR AND MRS SEILER AND THREE OF THEIR DAUGHTERS.
+ ZERMATT, 1890.]
+
+ [Illustration: GOING LEISURELY TO ZERMATT WITH A MULE FOR THE LUGGAGE
+ IN THE OLDEN DAYS.]
+
+"As a writer, Mr Whymper has proved himself equal to his subject. His
+serious, emphatic style, his concentration on his object, take hold of
+his readers and make them follow his campaigns with as much
+interest as if some great stake depended on the result. No one can
+fail to remark the contrast between the many unsuccessful attacks
+which preceded the fall of the Matterhorn, and the frequency with
+which it is now climbed by amateurs, some of whom it would be courtesy
+to call indifferent climbers. The moral element has, of course, much
+to do with this. But allowance must also be made for the fact that the
+Breil ridge, which looks the easiest, is still the most difficult, and
+in its unbechained state was far the most difficult. The terrible
+appearance of the Zermatt and Zmutt ridges long deterred climbers, yet
+both have now yielded to the first serious attack."
+
+These words, taken from a review of Mr Whymper's _Ascent of the
+Matterhorn_, occur in vol. ix. on page 441 of _The Alpine Journal_.
+They are as true now as on the day when they appeared, but could the
+writer have known the future history of the great peak, and the
+appalling vengeance it called down over and over again on "amateurs"
+and the guides who, themselves unfit, tempted their ignorant charges
+to go blindly to their deaths, one feels he would have stood aghast at
+the contemplation of the tragedies to be enacted on the blood-stained
+precipices of that hoary peak.
+
+
+THE CONQUEST OF THE MATTERHORN
+
+When one remembers all the facilities for climbing which are found at
+present in every Alpine centre, the experienced guides who may be had,
+the comfortable huts which obviate the need for a bivouac out of
+doors, the knowledge of the art of mountaineering which is available
+if any desire to acquire it, one marvels more and more at the
+undaunted persistence displayed by the pioneers of present-day
+mountaineering in their struggle with the immense difficulties which
+beset them on every side.
+
+When, in 1861, Mr Whymper made his first attempt on the Matterhorn,
+the first problem he had to solve was that of obtaining a skilful
+guide. Michael Croz of Chamonix believed the ascent to be impossible.
+Bennen thought the same. Jean Antoine Carrel was dictatorial and
+unreasonable in his demands, though convinced that the summit could be
+gained. Peter Taugwalder asked 200 francs whether the top was reached
+or not. "Almer asked, with more point than politeness, 'Why don't you
+try to go up a mountain which _can_ be ascended?'"
+
+In 1862 Mr Whymper, who had three times during the previous summer
+tried to get up the mountain, returned to Breuil on the Italian side,
+and thence made five plucky attempts, sometimes with Carrel, and once
+alone, to go to the highest point it was possible to reach. On the
+occasion of his solitary climb, Mr Whymper had set out from Breuil to
+see if his tent, left on a ledge of the mountain, was still, in spite
+of recent storms, safely in its place. He found all in good order, and
+tempted to linger by the lovely weather, time slipped away, and he at
+last decided to sleep that night in the tent, which contained ample
+provisions for several days. The next morning Mr Whymper could not
+resist an attempt to explore the route towards the summit, and
+eventually he managed to reach a considerable height, much above that
+attained by any of his predecessors. Exulting in the hope of entire
+success in the near future, he returned to the tent. "My exultation
+was a little premature," he writes, and goes on to describe what
+befell him on the way down. I give the thrilling account of his
+adventure in his own words:--
+
+"About 5 P.M. I left the tent again, and thought myself as good as at
+Breuil. The friendly rope and claw had done good service, and had
+smoothened all the difficulties. I lowered myself through the chimney,
+however, by making a fixture of the rope, which I then cut off, and
+left behind, as there was enough and to spare. My axe had proved a
+great nuisance in coming down, and I left it in the tent. It was not
+attached to the bâton, but was a separate affair--an old navy
+boarding-axe. While cutting up the different snow-beds on the ascent,
+the bâton trailed behind fastened to the rope; and, when climbing, the
+axe was carried behind, run through the rope tied round my waist, and
+was sufficiently out of the way; but in descending when coming down
+face outwards (as is always best where it is possible), the head or
+the handle of the weapon caught frequently against the rocks, and
+several times nearly upset me. So, out of laziness if you will, it was
+left in the tent. I paid dearly for the imprudence.
+
+"The Col du Lion was passed, and fifty yards more would have placed me
+on the 'Great Staircase,' down which one can run. But, on arriving at
+an angle of the cliffs of the Tête du Lion, while skirting the upper
+edge of the snow which abuts against them, I found that the heat of
+the two past days had nearly obliterated the steps which had been cut
+when coming up. The rocks happened to be impracticable just at this
+corner, and it was necessary to make the steps afresh. The snow was
+too hard to beat or tread down, and at the angle it was all but ice;
+half a dozen steps only were required, and then the ledges could be
+followed again. So I held to the rock with my right hand, and prodded
+at the snow with the point of my stick until a good step was made, and
+then, leaning round the angle, did the same for the other side. So far
+well, but in attempting to pass the corner (to the present moment I
+cannot tell how it happened), I slipped and fell.
+
+"The slope was steep on which this took place, and was at the top of a
+gully that led down through two subordinate buttresses towards the
+Glacier du Lion--which was just seen a thousand feet below. The gully
+narrowed and narrowed, until there was a mere thread of snow lying
+between two walls of rock, which came to an abrupt termination at the
+top of a precipice that intervened between it and the glacier. Imagine
+a funnel cut in half through its length, placed at an angle of 45°
+with its point below, and its concave side uppermost, and you will
+have a fair idea of the place.
+
+"The knapsack brought my head down first, and I pitched into some
+rocks about a dozen feet below; they caught something and tumbled me
+off the edge, head over heels, into the gully; the bâton was dashed
+from my hands, and I whirled downwards in a series of bounds, each
+longer than the last; now over ice, now into rocks; striking my head
+four or five times, each time with increased force. The last bound
+sent me spinning through the air, in a leap of 50 or 60 feet, from one
+side of the gully to the other, and I struck the rocks, luckily, with
+the whole of my left side. They caught my clothes for a moment, and I
+fell back on to the snow with motion arrested. My head, fortunately,
+came the right side up, and a few frantic catches brought me to a halt
+in the neck of the gully, and on the verge of the precipice. Bâton,
+hat, and veil skimmed by and disappeared, and the crash of the
+rocks--which I had started--as they fell on to the glacier, told how
+narrow had been the escape from utter destruction. As it was, I fell
+nearly 200 feet in seven or eight bounds. Ten feet more would have
+taken me in one gigantic leap of 800 feet on to the glacier below.
+
+"The situation was sufficiently serious. The rocks could not be let go
+for a moment, and the blood was spirting out of more than twenty cuts.
+The most serious ones were in the head, and I vainly tried to close
+them with one hand, whilst holding on with the other. It was useless;
+the blood jerked out in blinding jets at each pulsation. At last, in a
+moment of inspiration, I kicked out a big lump of snow, and stuck it
+as a plaster on my head. The idea was a happy one, and the flow of
+blood diminished. Then, scrambling up, I got, not a moment too soon,
+to a place of safety, and fainted away. The sun was setting when
+consciousness returned, and it was pitch dark before the Great
+Staircase was descended; but, by a combination of luck and care, the
+whole 4900 feet of descent to Breuil was accomplished without a slip,
+or once missing the way. I slunk past the cabin of the cowherds, who
+were talking and laughing inside, utterly ashamed of the state to
+which I had been brought by my imbecility, and entered the inn
+stealthily, wishing to escape to my room unnoticed. But Favre met me
+in the passage, demanded 'Who is it?' screamed with fright when he got
+a light, and aroused the household. Two dozen heads then held solemn
+council over mine, with more talk than action. The natives were
+unanimous in recommending that hot wine mixed with salt should be
+rubbed into the cuts; I protested, but they insisted. It was all the
+doctoring they received. Whether their rapid healing was to be
+attributed to that simple remedy or to a good state of health is a
+question. They closed up remarkably quickly, and in a few days I was
+able to move again."
+
+In 1863 Mr Whymper once more returned to the attack, but still without
+success. In 1864 he was unable to visit the neighbourhood of the
+Matterhorn, but in 1865 he made his eighth and last attempt on the
+Breuil, or Italian side.
+
+The time had now come when Mr Whymper became convinced that it was an
+error to think the Italian side the easier. It certainly looked far
+less steep than the north, or Zermatt side, but on mountains quality
+counts for far more than quantity; and though the ledges above Breuil
+might sometimes be broader than those on the Swiss side, and the
+general slope of the mountain appear at a distance to be gentler, yet
+the rock had an unpleasant outward dip, giving sloping, precarious
+hold for hand or foot, and every now and then there were abrupt walls
+of rock which it was hardly possible to ascend, and out of the
+question to descend without fixing ropes or chains.
+
+ [Illustration: THE GUIDES' WALL, ZERMATT.]
+
+Now the Swiss side of the great peak differs greatly from its Italian
+face. The slope is really less steep, and the ledges, if narrow, slope
+inward, and are good to step on or grasp. Mr Whymper had noticed that
+large patches of snow lay on the mountain all the summer, which they
+could not do if the north face was a precipice. He determined,
+therefore, to make his next attempt on that side. He had, in 1865,
+intended to climb with Michel Croz, but some misunderstanding had
+arisen, and Croz, believing that he was free, had engaged himself
+to another traveller. His letter, "the last one he wrote to me," says
+Mr Whymper, is "an interesting souvenir of a brave and upright man."
+The following is an extract from it:
+
+ "enfin, Monsieur, je regrette beaucoup d'être engagè avec
+ votre compatriote et de ne pouvoir vous accompagner dans
+ vos conquetes mais dès qu'on a donnè sa parole on doit la
+ tenir et être homme.
+
+ "Ainsi, prenez patience pour cette campagne et esperons que
+ plus tard nous nous retrouverons.
+
+ "En attendant recevez les humbles salutations de votre tout
+ devoué.
+
+ "CROZ MICHEL-AUGUSTE."
+
+By an extraordinary series of chances, however, when Mr Whymper
+reached Zermatt, whom should he see sitting on the guides' wall but
+Croz! His employer had been taken ill, and had returned home, and the
+great guide was immediately engaged by the Rev. Charles Hudson for an
+attempt on the Matterhorn! Mr Whymper had been joined by Lord Francis
+Douglas and the Taugwalders, father and son, and thus two parties were
+about to start for the Matterhorn at the same hour next day. This was
+thought inadvisable, and eventually they joined forces and decided to
+set out the following morning together. Mr Hudson had a young man
+travelling with him, by name Mr Hadow, and when Mr Whymper enquired if
+he were sufficiently experienced to take part in the expedition, Mr
+Hudson replied in the affirmative, though the fact that Mr Hadow had
+recently made a very rapid ascent of Mont Blanc really proved nothing.
+Here was the weakest spot in the whole business, the presence of a
+youth, untried on difficult peaks, on a climb which might involve work
+of a most unusual kind. Further, we should now-a-days consider the
+party both far too large and wrongly constituted, consisting as it did
+of four amateurs, two good guides, and a porter.
+
+On 13th July, 1865, at 5.30 A.M., they started from Zermatt in
+cloudless weather. They took things leisurely that day, for they only
+intended going a short distance above the base of the peak, and by 12
+o'clock they had found a good position for the tent at about 11,000
+feet above sea. The guides went on some way to explore, and on their
+return about 3 P.M. declared that they had not found a single
+difficulty, and that success was assured.
+
+ [Illustration: THE ZERMATT SIDE OF THE MATTERHORN.
+
+ The route now usually followed has been kindly marked by Sir W. Martin
+ Conway. The first party, on reaching the snow patch near the top, bore
+ somewhat to their right to avoid a nearly vertical wall of rock, where
+ now hangs a chain.
+
+ _From a Photograph by the late W. F. Donkin._]
+
+ [Illustration: RISING MISTS.]
+
+The following morning, as soon as it was light enough to start, they
+set out, and without trouble they mounted the formidable-looking
+north face, and approached the steep bit of rock which it is now
+customary to ascend straight up by means of a fixed chain. But they
+were obliged to avoid it by diverging to their right on to the slope
+overhanging the Zermatt side of the mountain. This involved somewhat
+difficult climbing, made especially awkward by the thin film of ice
+which at places overlay the rocks. "It was a place over which any fair
+mountaineer might pass in safety," writes Mr Whymper, and neither here
+nor anywhere else on the peak did Mr Hudson require the slightest
+help. With Mr Hadow, however, the case was different, his inexperience
+necessitating continual assistance.
+
+Before long this solitary difficulty was passed, and, turning a rather
+awkward corner, the party saw with delight that only 200 feet or so of
+easy snow separated them from the top!
+
+Yet even then it was not certain that they had not been beaten, for a
+few days before another party, led by Jean Antoine Carrel, had started
+from Breuil, and might have reached the much-desired summit before
+them.
+
+The slope eased off more and more, and at last Mr Whymper and Croz,
+casting off the rope, ran a neck and neck race to the top. Hurrah! not
+a footstep could be seen, and the snow at both ends of the ridge was
+absolutely untrampled.
+
+"Where were the men?" Mr Whymper wondered, and peering over the cliffs
+of the Italian side he saw them as dots far down. They were 1250 feet
+below, yet they heard the cries of the successful party on the top,
+and knew that victory was not for them. Still a measure of success
+awaited them too, for the next day the bold Carrel, with J. B. Bich,
+in his turn reached the summit by the far more difficult route on the
+side of his native valley. Carrel was the one man who had always
+believed that the Matterhorn could be climbed, and one can well
+understand Mr Whymper's generous wish that he could have shared in the
+first ascent.
+
+One short hour was spent on the summit. Then began the ever-eventful
+descent.
+
+The climbers commenced to go down the difficult piece in the following
+order: Croz first, Hadow next, then Mr Hudson, after him Lord Francis
+Douglas, then old Taugwalder, and lastly Mr Whymper, who gives an
+account of what happened almost immediately after in the following
+words:
+
+"A few minutes later a sharp-eyed lad ran into the Monte Rosa Hotel to
+Seiler, saying that he had seen an avalanche falling from the summit
+of the Matterhorn on to the Matterhorngletscher. The boy was reproved
+for telling idle stories; he was right, nevertheless, and this was
+what he saw:
+
+"Michel Croz had laid aside his axe, and in order to give Mr Hadow
+greater security, was absolutely taking hold of his legs, and putting
+his feet, one by one, into their proper positions.[11] So far as I
+know, no one was actually descending. I cannot speak with certainty,
+because the two leading men were partially hidden from my sight by an
+intervening mass of rock, but it is my belief, from the movements of
+their shoulders, that Croz, having done as I have said, was in the act
+of turning round, to go down a step or two himself; at this moment Mr
+Hadow slipped, fell against him, and knocked him over. I heard one
+startled exclamation from Croz, then saw him and Mr Hadow flying
+downwards. In another moment Hudson was dragged from his steps, and
+Lord Francis Douglas immediately after him.[12] All this was the work
+of a moment. Immediately we heard Croz's exclamation old Peter and I
+planted ourselves as firmly as the rocks would permit;[13] the rope
+was taut between us, and the jerk came on us both as on one man. We
+held, but the rope broke midway between Taugwalder and Lord Francis
+Douglas. For a few seconds we saw our unfortunate companions sliding
+downwards on their backs, and spreading out their hands, endeavouring
+to save themselves. They passed from our sight uninjured, disappeared
+one by one, and fell from precipice to precipice on to the
+Matterhorngletscher below, a distance of nearly 4000 feet in height.
+From the moment the rope broke it was impossible to help them. So
+perished our comrades!"
+
+ [Illustration: A BITTERLY COLD DAY, 13,000 FEET ABOVE SEA.]
+
+ [Illustration: The Matterhorn from the Zmutt side.
+
+ The dotted line shows the course which the unfortunate party probably
+ took in their fatal fall.]
+
+A more terrible position than that of Mr Whymper and the Taugwalders
+it is difficult to imagine. The Englishman kept his head, however,
+though the two guides, absolutely paralysed with terror, lost all
+control over themselves, and for a long time could not be induced to
+move. At last old Peter changed his position, and soon the three stood
+close together. Mr Whymper then examined the broken rope, and found to
+his horror that it was the weakest of the three ropes, and had only
+been intended as a reserve to fix to rocks and leave behind. How it
+came to have been used will always remain a mystery, but that it broke
+and was not cut there is no doubt. Taugwalder's neighbours at Zermatt
+persisted in asserting that he severed the rope. "In regard to this
+infamous charge," writes Mr Whymper, "I say that he _could_ not do so
+at the moment of the slip, and that the end of the rope in my
+possession shows that he did not do so beforehand."
+
+At 6 P.M., after a terribly trying descent, during any moment of which
+the Taugwalders, still completely unnerved, might have slipped and
+carried the whole party to destruction, they arrived on "the ridge
+descending towards Zermatt, and all peril was over." But it was still
+a long way to the valley, and an hour after nightfall the climbers
+were obliged to seek a resting-place, and upon a slab barely large
+enough to hold the three they spent six miserable hours. At daybreak
+they started again, and descended rapidly to Zermatt.
+
+"Seiler met me at the door. 'What is the matter?' 'The Taugwalders and
+I have returned.' He did not need more, and burst into tears."
+
+At 2 A.M. on Sunday the 16th, Mr Whymper and two other Englishmen,
+with a number of Chamonix and Oberland guides, set out to discover the
+bodies. The Zermatt men, threatened with excommunication by their
+priests if they failed to attend early Mass were unable to accompany
+them, and to some of them this was a severe trial. By 8.30 they
+reached the plateau at the top of the glacier, and came within sight
+of the spot where their companions must be. "As we saw one
+weather-beaten man after another raise the telescope, turn deadly
+pale, and pass it on without a word to the next, we knew that all hope
+was gone."
+
+They drew near, and found the bodies of Croz, Hadow and Hudson close
+together, but of Lord Francis Douglas they could see nothing, though a
+pair of gloves, a belt and a boot belonging to him were found. The
+boots of all the victims were off, and lying on the snow close by.
+This frequently happens when persons have fallen a long distance down
+rocks.
+
+Eventually the remains were brought down to Zermatt, a sad and
+dangerous task.
+
+So ends the story of the conquest of the Matterhorn. Its future
+history is marred by many a tragedy, of which perhaps none are more
+pathetic, or were more wholly unnecessary, than what is known as the
+Borckhardt accident.
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[11] Not at all an unusual proceeding, even between born mountaineers.
+I wish to convey the impression that Croz was using all pains, rather
+than to indicate inability on the part of Mr Hadow. The insertion of
+the word "absolutely" makes the passage, perhaps, rather ambiguous. I
+retain it now in order to offer the above explanation.
+
+[12] At the moment of the accident Croz, Hadow, and Hudson were close
+together. Between Hudson and Lord Francis Douglas the rope was all but
+taut, and the same between all the others who were above. Croz was
+standing by the side of a rock which afforded good hold, and if he had
+been aware, or had suspected that anything was about to occur, he
+might and would have gripped it, and would have prevented any
+mischief. He was taken totally by surprise. Mr Hadow slipped off his
+feet on to his back, his feet struck Croz in the small of the back,
+and knocked him right over, head first. Croz's axe was out of his
+reach, and without it he managed to get his head uppermost before he
+disappeared from our sight. If it had been in his hand I have no doubt
+that he would have stopped himself and Mr Hadow. Mr Hadow, at the
+moment of the slip, was not occupying a bad position. He could have
+moved either up or down, and could touch with his hand the rock of
+which I have spoken. Hudson was not so well placed, but he had liberty
+of motion. The rope was not taut from him to Hadow, and the two men
+fell 10 or 12 feet before the jerk came upon him. Lord Francis Douglas
+was not favourably placed, and could neither move up nor down. Old
+Peter was firmly planted, and stood just beneath a large rock, which
+he hugged with both arms. I enter into these details to make it more
+apparent that the position occupied by the party at the moment of the
+accident was not by any means excessively trying. We were compelled to
+pass over the exact spot where the slip occurred, and we found--even
+with shaken nerves--that _it_ was not a difficult place to pass. I
+have described the _slope generally_ as difficult, and it is so
+undoubtedly to most persons, but it must be distinctly understood that
+Mr Hadow slipped at a comparatively easy part.
+
+[13] Or, more correctly, we held on as tightly as possible. There was
+no time to change our position.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+SOME TRAGEDIES ON THE MATTERHORN
+
+
+By the summer of 1886 it had become common for totally inexperienced
+persons with incompetent guides (for no first-rate guide would
+undertake such a task) to make the ascent of the Matterhorn. In fine
+settled weather they contrived to get safely up and down the mountain.
+But like all high peaks the Matterhorn is subject to sudden
+atmospheric changes, and a high wind or falling snow will in an hour
+or less change the whole character of the work and make the descent
+one of extreme difficulty even for experienced mountaineers.
+Practically unused to Alpine climbing, thinly clothed, and accompanied
+by young guides of third-rate ability, what wonder is it that when
+caught in a storm, a member of the party, whose expedition is
+described below, perished?
+
+ [Illustration: JOST, FOR MANY YEARS PORTER OF THE MONTE ROSA HOTEL,
+ ZERMATT. ]
+
+The editor of _The Alpine Journal_ writes: "On the morning of 17th
+August last four parties of travellers left the lower hut on the
+mountain and attained the summit. One of them, that of Mr Mercer,
+reached Zermatt the same night. The three others were much delayed by
+a sudden storm which came on during the descent. Two Dutch gentlemen,
+led by Moser and Peter Taugwald, regained the lower hut at an advanced
+hour of the night; but Monsieur A. de Falkner and his son (with J. P.
+and Daniel Maquignaz, and Angelo Ferrari, of Pinzolo), and Messrs John
+Davies and Frederick Charles Borckhardt (with Fridolin Kronig and
+Peter Aufdemblatten), were forced to spend the night out; the latter
+party, indeed, spent part of the next day (18th August) out as well,
+and Mr Borckhardt unfortunately succumbed to the exposure in the
+afternoon. He was the youngest son of the late vicar of Lydden, and
+forty-eight years of age. Neither he nor Mr Davies was a member of the
+Alpine Club."
+
+_The Pall Mall Gazette_ published on 24th August the account given by
+Mr Davies to an interviewer. It is as follows, and the inexperience of
+the climbers is made clear in every line:-
+
+"We left Zermatt about 2 o'clock on Monday afternoon in capital
+spirits. The weather was lovely, and everything promised a favourable
+ascent. We had two guides whose names were on the official list, whose
+references were satisfactory, and who were twice over recommended to
+us by Herr Seiler, whose advice we sought before we engaged them, and
+who gave them excellent credentials. We placed ourselves in their
+hands, as is the rule in such cases, ordered the provisions and wine
+which they declared to be necessary, and made ready for the ascent. I
+had lived among hills from my boyhood. I had some experience of
+mountaineering in the Pyrenees, where I ascended the highest and other
+peaks. In the Engadine I have also done some climbing; and last week,
+together with Mr Borckhardt, who was one of my oldest friends, I made
+the ascent of the Titlis, and made other excursions among the hills.
+Mr Borckhardt was slightly my senior, but as a walker he was quite
+equal to me in endurance. When we arrived at Zermatt last Saturday we
+found that parties were going up the Matterhorn on Monday. We knew
+that ladies had made the ascent, and youths; and the mountain besides
+had been climbed by friends of ours whose physical strength, to say
+the least, was not superior to ours. It was a regular thing to go up
+the Matterhorn, and we accordingly determined to make the ascent.
+
+"We started next morning at half-past two or three. We were the third
+party to leave the cabin, but, making good speed over the first stage
+of the ascent, we reached the second when the others were breakfasting
+there, and then resumed the climb. Mr Mercer, with his party, followed
+by the Dutch party, started shortly before us. We met them about a
+quarter-past eight returning from the top. They said that they had
+been there half an hour, and that there was no view. We passed them,
+followed by the Italians, and reached the summit about a quarter to
+nine. The ascent, though toilsome, had not exhausted us in the least.
+Both Mr Borckhardt and myself were quite fresh, although we had made
+the summit before the Italians, who started together with us from the
+second hut. Had the weather remained favourable, we could have made
+the descent with ease.[14]
+
+"Even while we were on the summit I felt hail begin to fall, and
+before we were five minutes on our way down it was hailing heavily.
+It was a fine hail, and inches of it fell in a very short time, and
+the track was obliterated. We pressed steadily downwards, followed by
+the Italians, nor did it occur to me at that time that there was any
+danger. We got past the ropes and chains safely, and reached the snowy
+slope on the shoulder. At this point we were leading. But as the
+Italians had three guides, and we only two, we changed places, so that
+their third guide could lead. They climbed down the slope, cutting
+steps for their feet in the ice. We trod closely after the Italians,
+but the snow and hail filled up the holes so rapidly, that, in order
+to make a safe descent, our guides had to recut the steps. This took
+much time--as much as two hours I should say--and every hour the snow
+was getting deeper. At last we got down the snow-slope on to the steep
+rocks below. The Italians were still in front of us, and we all kept
+on steadily descending. We were still in good spirits, nor did we feel
+any doubt that we should reach the bottom. Our first alarm was
+occasioned by the Italians losing their way. They found their progress
+barred by precipitous rocks, and their guides came back to ours to
+consult as to the road. Our guides insisted that the path lay down the
+side of a steep couloir. Their guides demurred; but after going down
+some ten feet, they cried out that our guides were right, and they
+went on--we followed. By this time it was getting dark. The hail
+continued increasing. We began to get alarmed. It seemed impossible to
+make our way to the cabin that night. We had turned to the right after
+leaving the couloir, crossed some slippery rocks, and after a short
+descent turned to the left and came to the edge of the precipice where
+Mosely fell, where there was some very slight shelter afforded by an
+overhanging rock, and there we prepared to pass the night, seeing that
+all further progress was hopeless. We were covered with ice. The night
+was dark. The air was filled with hail. We were too cold to eat. The
+Italians were about an hour below us on the mountain side. We could
+hear their voices and exchanged shouts. Excepting them, we were
+thousands of feet above any other human being. I found that while
+Borckhardt had emptied his brandy-flask, mine was full. I gave him
+half of mine. That lasted us through the night. We did not try the
+wine till the morning, and then we found that it was frozen solid.
+
+"Never have I had a more awful experience than that desolate night on
+the Matterhorn. We were chilled to the bone, and too exhausted to
+stand. The wind rose, and each gust drove the hail into our faces,
+cutting us like a knife. Our guides did everything that man could do
+to save us. Aufdemblatten did his best to make us believe that there
+was no danger. 'Only keep yourselves warm; keep moving; and we shall
+go down all right to-morrow, when the sun rises.' 'It is of no use,' I
+replied; 'we shall die here!' They chafed our limbs, and did their
+best to make us stand up; but it was in vain. I felt angry at their
+interference. Why could they not leave us alone to die? I remember
+striking wildly but feebly at my guide as he insisted on rubbing me.
+Every movement gave me such agony, I was racked with pain, especially
+in my back and loins--pain so intense as to make me cry out. The
+guides had fastened the rope round the rock to hold on by, while they
+jumped to keep up the circulation of the blood. They brought us to it,
+and made us jump twice or thrice. Move we could not; we lay back
+prostrate on the snow and ice, while the guides varied their jumping
+by rubbing our limbs and endeavouring to make us move our arms and
+legs. They were getting feebler and feebler. Borckhardt and I, as soon
+as we were fully convinced that death was imminent for us, did our
+best to persuade our guides to leave us where we lay and make their
+way down the hill. They were married men with families. To save us was
+impossible; they might at least save themselves. We begged them to
+consider their wives and children and to go. This was at the beginning
+of the night. They refused. They would rather die with us, they said;
+they would remain and do their best.
+
+ [Illustration: Hoar Frost in the Alps.]
+
+ [Illustration: Hoar Frost in the Alps.]
+
+"Borckhardt and I talked a little as men might do who are at the point
+of death. He bore without complaining pain that made me cry out from
+time to time. We both left directions with the guides that we were to
+be buried at Zermatt. Borckhardt spoke of his friends and his family
+affairs, facing his death with manly resignation and composure. As the
+night wore on I became weaker and weaker. I could not even make the
+effort necessary to flick the snow off my companion's face. By degrees
+the guides began to lose hope. The cold was so intense, we crouched
+together for warmth. They lay beside us to try and impart some heat.
+It was in vain. 'We shall die!' 'We are lost!' 'Yes,' said
+Aufdemblatten, 'very likely we shall.' He was so weak, poor fellow, he
+could hardly keep his feet; but still he tried to keep me moving. It
+was a relief not to be touched. I longed for death, but death would
+not come.
+
+"Towards half-past two on Wednesday morning--so we reckoned, for all
+our watches had stopped with the cold--the snow ceased, and the air
+became clear. It had been snowing or hailing without intermission for
+eighteen hours. It was very dark below, but above all was clear,
+although the wind still blew. When the sun rose, we saw just a gleam
+of light. Then a dark cloud came from the hollow below, and our hopes
+went out. 'Oh, if only the sun would come out!' we said to each other,
+I do not know how many times. But it did not, and instead of the sun
+came the snow once more. Towards seven, as near as I can make it, a
+desperate attempt was made to get us to walk. The guides took
+Borckhardt, and between them propped him on his feet and made him
+stagger on a few steps. They failed to keep him moving more than a
+step or two. The moment they let go he dropped. They repeated the same
+with me. Neither could I stand. I remember four distinct times they
+drove us forward, only to see us drop helpless after each step. It was
+evidently no use. Borckhardt had joined again with me in repeatedly
+urging the guides to leave us and to save themselves. They had
+refused, and continued to do all that their failing strength allowed
+to protect us from the bitter cold. As the morning wore on, my
+friend, who during the night had been much more composed and tranquil
+than I, began to grow perceptibly weaker. We were quite resigned to
+die, and had, in fact, lost all hope. We had been on the mountain from
+about 3 A.M. on Tuesday to 1 P.M. on Wednesday--thirty-four hours in
+all. Eighteen of these were spent in a blinding snowstorm, and we had
+hardly tasted food since we left the summit at nine on the Tuesday
+morning. At length (about one) we heard shouts far down the mountain.
+The guides said they probably proceeded from a search party sent out
+to save us. I again urged the guides to go down by themselves to meet
+the searchers, and to hurry them up. This they refused to do unless I
+accompanied them. Borckhardt was at this time too much exhausted to
+stand upright, and was lying in a helpless condition. The guides,
+although completely worn out, wished to attempt the descent with me,
+and they considered that by so doing we should be able to indicate to
+the searchers the precise spot where my friend lay, and to hasten
+their efforts to reach him with stimulants. Since early morning the
+snow had ceased falling. We began the descent, and at first I required
+much assistance from the guides, but by degrees became better able to
+move, and the hope of soon procuring help from the approaching party
+for my poor friend sustained us. After a most laborious descent of
+about an hour and a half, we reached the first members of the rescue
+party, and directed them to where Borckhardt lay, requesting them to
+proceed there with all haste, and, after giving him stimulants, to
+bring him down to the lower hut in whatever condition they found him.
+We went on to the hut to await his arrival, meeting on the way Mr
+King, of the English Alpine Club, with his guides, who were hurrying
+up with warm clothing. A few hours later we heard the terrible news
+that the relief party had found him dead."
+
+A letter to _The Times_, written by Mr (now Sir Henry Seymour) King
+comments as follows on this deplorable accident. It is endorsed by all
+the members of the Alpine Club then at Zermatt. After describing the
+circumstances of the ascent, the writer continues: "Instead of staying
+all together, as more experienced guides would have done, and keeping
+Mr Borckhardt warm and awake until help came, they determined at about
+1 P.M. to leave him alone on the mountain. According to their account,
+the snow had ceased and the sun had begun to shine when they left
+him. At that moment a relief party was not far off, as the guides must
+have known. They heard the shouts of the relief party soon after
+leaving Mr Borckhardt, and there was, as far as I can see, no pressing
+reason for their departure. They reached the lower hut at about 5
+P.M., and at about the same time a rescue party from Zermatt, which
+had met them descending, reached Mr Borckhardt, and found him dead,
+stiff, and quite cold, and partly covered with freshly-fallen snow. No
+doubt he had succumbed to drowsiness soon after he was left.
+
+"The moral of this most lamentable event is plain. The Matterhorn is
+not a mountain to be played with; it is not a peak which men ought to
+attempt until they have had some experience of climbing. Above all, it
+is not a peak which should ever be attempted except with thoroughly
+competent guides. In a snowstorm no member of a party should ever be
+left behind and alone. He will almost certainly fall into a sleep,
+from which it is notorious that he will never awake. If he will not
+walk, he must be carried. If he sits down, he must be made to get up.
+Guides have to do this not unfrequently. A stronger and more
+experienced party would undoubtedly have reached Zermatt without
+misfortune. In fact, one party which was on the mountain on the same
+day did reach Zermatt in good time."
+
+It is fitting that this short, and necessarily incomplete, account of
+the conquest of the Matterhorn, and events occurring subsequently on
+it, should conclude with the recital of a magnificent act of heroism
+performed by Jean-Antoine Carrel, whose name, more than that of any
+other guide, is associated with the history of the peak. No more
+striking instance of the devotion of a guide to his employers could be
+chosen to bring these true tales of the hills to an appropriate end.
+
+I take the account from _Scrambles Among the Alps_.
+
+"When telegrams came in, at the beginning of September 1890, stating
+that Jean-Antoine Carrel had died from fatigue on the south side of
+the Matterhorn, those who knew the man scarcely credited the report.
+It was not likely that this tough and hardy mountaineer would die from
+fatigue anywhere, still less that he would succumb upon 'his own
+mountain.' But it was true. Jean-Antoine perished from the combined
+effects of cold, hunger, and fatigue, upon his own side of his own
+mountain, almost within sight of his own home. He started on the 23rd
+of August from Breuil, with an Italian gentleman and Charles Gorret
+(brother of the Abbé Gorret), with the intention of crossing the
+Matterhorn in one day. The weather at the time of their departure was
+the very best, and it changed in the course of the day to the very
+worst. They were shut up in the _cabane_ at the foot of the Great
+Tower during the 24th, with scarcely any food, and on the 25th
+retreated to Breuil. Although Jean-Antoine (upon whom, as leading
+guide, the chief labour and responsibility naturally devolved)
+ultimately succeeded in getting his party safely off the mountain, he
+himself was so overcome by fatigue, cold, and want of food, that he
+died on the spot."
+
+Jean-Antoine Carrel entered his sixty-second year in January 1901,[15]
+and was in the field throughout the summer. On 21st August, having
+just returned from an ascent of Mont Blanc, he was engaged at
+Courmayeur by Signor Leone Sinigaglia, of Turin, for an ascent of the
+Matterhorn. He proceeded to the Val Tournanche, and on the 23rd set
+out with him and Charles Gorret, for the last time, to ascend his own
+mountain by his own route. A long and clear account of what happened
+was communicated by Signor Sinigaglia to the Italian Alpine Club, and
+from this the following relation is condensed:
+
+"We started for the Cervin at 2.15 A.M. on the 23rd, in splendid
+weather, with the intention of descending the same night to the hut at
+the Hörnli on the Swiss side. We proceeded pretty well, but the glaze
+of ice on the rocks near the Col du Lion retarded our march somewhat,
+and when we arrived at the hut at the foot of the Great Tower,
+prudence counselled the postponement of the ascent until the next day,
+for the sky was becoming overcast. We decided upon this, and stopped.
+
+"Here I ought to mention that both I and Gorret noticed with
+uneasiness that Carrel showed signs of fatigue upon leaving the Col du
+Lion. I attributed this to temporary weakness. As soon as we reached
+the hut he lay down and slept profoundly for two hours, and awoke much
+restored. In the meantime the weather was rapidly changing. Storm
+clouds coming from the direction of Mont Blanc hung over the Dent
+d'Hérens, but we regarded them as transitory, and trusted to the north
+wind, which was still continuing to blow. Meanwhile, three of the
+Maquignazs and Edward Bich, whom we found at the hut, returned from
+looking after the ropes, started downwards for Breuil, at parting
+wishing us a happy ascent, and holding out hopes of a splendid day for
+the morrow.
+
+"But, after their departure, the weather grew worse very rapidly; the
+wind changed, and towards evening there broke upon us a most violent
+hurricane of hail and snow, accompanied by frequent flashes of
+lightning. The air was so charged with electricity that for two
+consecutive hours in the night one could see in the hut as in broad
+daylight. The storm continued to rage all night, and the day and night
+following, continuously, with incredible violence. The temperature in
+the hut fell to 3 degrees.
+
+"The situation was becoming somewhat alarming, for the provisions were
+getting low, and we had already begun to use the seats of the hut as
+firewood. The rocks were in an extremely bad state, and we were afraid
+that if we stopped longer, and the storm continued, we should be
+blocked up in the hut for several days. This being the state of
+affairs, it was decided among the guides that if the wind should abate
+we should descend on the following morning; and, as the wind did abate
+somewhat, on the morning of the 25th (the weather, however, still
+remaining very bad) it was unanimously settled to make a retreat.
+
+"At 9 A.M. we left the hut. I will not speak of the difficulties and
+dangers in descending the _arête_ to the Col du Lion, which we reached
+at 2.30 P.M. The ropes were half frozen, the rocks were covered with a
+glaze of ice, and fresh snow hid all points of support. Some spots
+were really as bad as could be, and I owe much to the prudence and
+coolness of the two guides that we got over them without mishap.
+
+"At the Col du Lion, where we hoped the wind would moderate, a
+dreadful hurricane recommenced, and in crossing the snowy passages we
+were nearly _suffocated_ by the wind and snow which attacked us on all
+sides.[16] Through the loss of a glove, Gorret, half an hour after
+leaving the hut, had already got a hand frost-bitten. The cold was
+terrible here. Every moment we had to remove the ice from our eyes,
+and it was with the utmost difficulty that we could speak so as to
+understand one another.
+
+"Nevertheless, Carrel continued to direct the descent in a most
+admirable manner, with a coolness, ability, and energy above all
+praise. I was delighted to see the change, and Gorret assisted him
+splendidly. This part of the descent presented unexpected
+difficulties, and at several points great dangers, the more so because
+the _tourmente_ prevented Carrel from being sure of the right
+direction, in spite of his consummate knowledge of the Matterhorn. At
+11 P.M. (or thereabouts, it was impossible to look at our watches, as
+all our clothes were half frozen) we were still toiling down the
+rocks. The guides sometimes asked each other where they were; then we
+went forward again--to stop, indeed, would have been impossible.
+Carrel at last, by marvellous instinct, discovered the passage up
+which we had come, and in a sort of grotto we stopped a minute to take
+some brandy.
+
+"While crossing some snow we saw Carrel slacken his pace, and then
+fall back two or three times to the ground. Gorret asked him what was
+the matter, and he said 'nothing,' but he went on with difficulty.
+Attributing this to fatigue through the excessive toil, Gorret put
+himself at the head of the caravan, and Carrel, after the change,
+seemed better, and walked well, though with more circumspection than
+usual. From this place a short and steep passage takes one down to the
+pastures, where there is safety. Gorret descended first, and I after
+him. We were nearly at the bottom when I felt the rope pulled. We
+stopped, awkwardly placed as we were, and cried out to Carrel several
+times to come down, but we received no answer. Alarmed, we went up a
+little way, and heard him say, in a faint voice, 'Come up and fetch
+me; I have no strength left.'
+
+"We went up and found that he was lying with his stomach to the
+ground, holding on to a rock, in a semi-conscious state, and unable to
+get up or to move a step. With extreme difficulty we carried him to a
+safe place, and asked him what was the matter. His only answer was, 'I
+know no longer where I am.' His hands were getting colder and colder,
+his speech weaker and more broken, and his body more still. We did all
+we could for him, putting with great difficulty the rest of the cognac
+into his mouth. He said something, and appeared to revive, but this
+did not last long. We tried rubbing him with snow, and shaking him,
+and calling to him continually, but he could only answer with moans.
+
+"We tried to lift him, but it was impossible--he was getting stiff. We
+stooped down, and asked in his ear if he wished to commend his soul to
+God. With a last effort he answered 'Yes,' and then fell on his back,
+dead, upon the snow.
+
+"Such was the end of Jean-Antoine Carrel--a man who was possessed with
+a pure and genuine love of mountains; a man of originality and
+resource, courage and determination, who delighted in exploration. His
+special qualities marked him out as a fit person to take part in new
+enterprises, and I preferred him to all others as a companion and
+assistant upon my journey amongst the Great Andes of the Equator.
+Going to a new country, on a new continent, he encountered much that
+was strange and unforeseen; yet when he turned his face homewards he
+had the satisfaction of knowing that he left no failures behind
+him.[17] After parting at Guayaquil in 1880 we did not meet again. In
+his latter years, I am told, he showed signs of age, and from
+information which has been communicated to me it is clear that he had
+arrived at a time when it would have been prudent to retire--if he
+could have done so. It was not in his nature to spare himself, and he
+worked to the very last. The manner of his death strikes a chord in
+hearts he never knew. He recognised to the fullest extent the duties
+of his position, and in the closing act of his life set a brilliant
+example of fidelity and devotion. For it cannot be doubted that,
+enfeebled as he was, he could have saved himself had he given his
+attention to self-preservation. He took a nobler course; and,
+accepting his responsibility, devoted his whole soul to the welfare of
+his comrades, until, utterly exhausted, he fell staggering on the
+snow. He was already dying. Life was flickering, yet the brave spirit
+said 'It is _nothing_.' They placed him in the rear to ease his work.
+He was no longer able even to support himself; he dropped to the
+ground, and in a few minutes expired."[18]
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[14] Here the whole contention that the party was a competent one
+falls to the ground. No one without a reserve of strength and skill to
+meet possible bad weather should embark on an important ascent.
+Fair-weather guides and climbers should keep to easy excursions.
+
+[15] The exact date of his birth does not seem to be known. He was
+christened at the Church of St Antoine, Val Tournanche, on 17th
+January 1829.
+
+[16] Signor Peraldo, the innkeeper at Breuil, stated that a relief
+party was in readiness during the whole of 25th August (the day on
+which the descent was made), and was prevented from starting by the
+violence of the tempest.
+
+[17] See _Travels amongst the Great Andes of the Equator_, 1892.
+
+[18] Signor Sinigaglia wrote a letter to a friend, from which I am
+permitted to quote: "I don't try to tell you of my intense pain for
+Carrel's death. He fell after having saved me, and no guide could have
+done more than he did." Charles Gorret, through his brother the Abbé,
+wrote to me that he entirely endorsed what had been said by Signor
+Sinigaglia, and added, "We would have given our own lives to have
+saved his."
+
+Jean-Antoine died at the foot of "the little Staircase." On the 26th
+of August his body was brought to Breuil, and upon 29th it was
+interred at Valtournanche. At the beginning of July 1893 an iron cross
+was placed on the spot where he expired at the expense of Signor
+Sinigaglia, who went in person, along with Charles Gorret, to
+superintend its erection.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+THE WHOLE DUTY OF THE CLIMBER--ALPINE DISTRESS SIGNALS
+
+
+I cannot bring this book to a more fitting end than by quoting the
+closing words of a famous article in _The Alpine Journal_ by Mr C. E.
+Mathews entitled "The Alpine Obituary." It was written twenty years
+ago, but every season it becomes if possible more true. May all who go
+amongst the mountains lay it to heart!
+
+"Mountaineering is extremely dangerous in the case of incapable, of
+imprudent, of thoughtless men. But I venture to state that of all the
+accidents in our sad obituary, there is hardly one which need have
+happened; there is hardly one which could not have been easily
+prevented by proper caution and proper care. Men get careless and too
+confident. This does not matter or the other does not matter. The fact
+is, that everything matters; precautions should be not only ample but
+excessive.
+
+ 'The little more, and how much it is,
+ And the little less and what worlds away.'
+
+"Mountaineering is not dangerous, provided that the climber knows his
+business and takes the necessary precautions--all within his own
+control--to make danger impossible. The prudent climber will recollect
+what he owes to his family and to his friends. He will also recollect
+that he owes something to the Alps, and will scorn to bring them into
+disrepute. He will not go on a glacier without a rope. He will not
+climb alone, or with a single companion. He will treat a great
+mountain with the respect it deserves, and not try to rush a dangerous
+peak with inadequate guiding power. He will turn his back steadfastly
+upon mist and storm. He will not go where avalanches are in the habit
+of falling after fresh snow, or wander about beneath an overhanging
+glacier in the heat of a summer afternoon. Above all, if he loves the
+mountains for their own sake, for the lessons they can teach and the
+happiness they can bring, he will do nothing that can discredit his
+manly pursuit or bring down the ridicule of the undiscerning upon the
+noblest pastime in the world."
+
+
+ALPINE DISTRESS SIGNALS
+
+No book on climbing should be issued without a reminder to its readers
+that tourists (who may need it even oftener than mountaineers) have a
+means ready to hand by which help can be signalled for if they are in
+difficulties. That in many cases a signal might not be seen is no
+reason for neglecting to learn and use the simple code given below and
+recommended by the Alpine Club. It has now been adopted by all
+societies of climbers.
+
+The signal is the repetition of a sound, a wave of a flag, or a flash
+of a lantern _at regular intervals_ at the rate of six signals per
+minute, followed by a pause of a minute, and then repeated every
+alternate minute. The reply is the same, except that three and not six
+signals are made in a minute. The regular minute's interval is
+essential to the clearness of the code.
+
+
+
+
+GLOSSARY AND INDEX
+
+
+
+
+GLOSSARY.
+
+
+ ALP A summer pasture.
+
+ ARÊTE The crest of a ridge. Sometimes spoken
+ of as a knife-edge, if very narrow.
+
+ BERGSCHRUND A crevasse forming between the snow still
+ clinging to the face of a peak, and that
+ which has broken away from it.
+
+ COL A pass between two peaks.
+
+ COULOIR A gully filled with snow or stones.
+
+ GRAT The same as _arête_.
+
+ JOCH The same as _col_.
+
+ KAMM The same as _arête_.
+
+ MORAINE See chapter on glaciers, page 7.
+
+ MOULIN See chapter on glaciers, page 7.
+
+ NÉVÉ See chapter on glaciers, page 7.
+
+ PITZ An Engadine name for a peak.
+
+ SCHRUND A crevasse.
+
+ SÉRAC A cube of ice, formed by intersecting
+ crevasses where a glacier is very steep.
+ Called thus after a sort of Chamonix
+ cheese, which it is said to resemble.
+
+
+
+
+ A
+
+ Albula Pass, 20
+
+ Aletsch glacier, 12, 142
+
+ Almer, Christian, 29, 50, 51, 71, 126, 134
+
+ Almer, Ulrich, 42
+
+ Altels, Ice-avalanche of the, 78
+
+ Anderegg, Jacob, 162
+
+ Anderegg, Melchior, 24, 50, 113, 162
+
+ d'Angeville, Mademoiselle, 204
+
+ Ardon, 59
+
+ Arkwright, Henry, 98
+
+ Aufdemblatten, Peter, 269
+
+ Avalanches, different kinds of, 15
+
+
+ B
+
+ Balmat, 52
+
+ Barnes, Mr G. S., 32
+
+ Bean, Mr, 108
+
+ Bennen, 59, 113, 252
+
+ Bich, J. B., 262
+
+ Bionnassay, Aiguille de, 169
+
+ Birkbeck, Mr, 113
+
+ Blanc, Mont, 3, 92, 107, 162, 203
+
+ Bohren, 52
+
+ Boissonnet, Monsieur, 59
+
+ Borchart, Dr, 150
+
+ Borckhardt, F. C., 269
+
+ Bossons, Glacier des, 9
+
+ Breil, 253
+
+ Brenva Glacier, Ascent of Mont Blanc by, 162
+
+ Burckhardt, Herr F., 147
+
+ Burgener, Alexander, 226
+
+
+ C
+
+ Carré, Glacier, 172
+
+ Carrel, J. A., 252, 259, 261,
+ death of, 280
+
+ Coolidge, Rev. W. A. B., 30, 171
+
+ Couttet, Sylvain, 89, 99, 109
+
+ Croda Grande, feat of endurance on, 48
+
+ Croz, Michel, 126, 134, 252
+
+
+ D
+
+ Davies, John, 269
+
+ Dent, Clinton, 58, 221
+
+ Douglas, Lord Francis, 45, 259
+
+ Distress Signals, Alpine, 291
+
+ Dru, Aiguille du, 221
+
+
+ E
+
+ Eigerjoch, 208
+
+
+ F
+
+ Falkner, Monsieur de, 269
+
+ Föhn Wind, Note on the, 80
+
+
+ G
+
+ Gabelhorn, Ober, 42, 45
+
+ Gardiner, Mr, 170
+
+ Garwood, Mr Edmund, 194
+
+ Glacier tables, 11
+
+ Gorret, Charles, 281
+
+ Gosaldo, 48
+
+ Gosset, Mr Philip, 59
+
+ Grass, Hans and Christian, 44
+
+ Greenland, Glaciers of, 7
+
+ Guntner, Dr, 33
+
+
+ H
+
+ Hadow, Mr, 260
+
+ Hamel, Dr Joseph, 92
+
+ Hartley, Mr Walker, 226
+
+ Haut-de-Cry, 59
+
+ Hinchliff, Mr T. W., 122
+
+ Hudson, Rev. C., 113, 269
+
+
+ I
+
+ Imboden, Joseph, 5, 30, 35, 38, 40, 84
+
+ Imboden, Roman, 32, 84, 194
+
+
+ J
+
+ Jungfrau, 147
+
+
+ K
+
+ King, Sir H. Seymour, 278
+
+ Klimmer, 150
+
+ Kronig, F., 269
+
+
+ L
+
+ Lammer, Herr, 72
+
+ Lauener, 41, 52, 66, 208
+
+ Longman, W., 142
+
+ Lorria, Herr, 72
+
+
+ M
+
+ M'Corkindale, Mr, 108
+
+ Mammoth, 105
+
+ Maquignaz, J. P. and D., 269
+
+ Martin, Jean, 154
+
+ Mather, Mr, 113
+
+ Mathews, Mr C. E., 289
+
+ Mathews, Messrs, 208
+
+ Matterhorn, 23, 72, 250
+
+ Maurer, Andreas, 46, 226
+
+ Maurer, Kaspar, 239
+
+ Meije, 170
+
+ Mercer, Mr, 269
+
+ Miage, Col de, 114
+
+ Moming, Pass, 126
+
+ Moore, Mr, 126, 134, 162
+
+ Moraines, 10
+
+ Moser, 269
+
+
+ N
+
+ Nasse, Herr, 150
+
+
+ P
+
+ Palü, Piz, 44, 150
+
+ Paradis, Maria, 203
+
+ Penhall, Mr, 72
+
+ Perren, 113
+
+ Pigeon, The Misses, 153
+
+ Pilatte, Col de, 134
+
+ Pilkington, Messrs, 170
+
+ Plan, Aiguille du, 46
+
+
+ R
+
+ Randall, Mr, 108
+
+ Rey, Emile, 46
+
+ Reynaud, Monsieur, 135
+
+ Richardson, Miss K., 169
+
+ Riva, Valley Susa, 18
+
+ Rochat, Mademoiselle E. de, 169
+
+
+ S
+
+ Saas, Prättigau, 17
+
+ Schallihorn, 83
+
+ Schnitzler, 150
+
+ Schuster, Oscar, 48
+
+ Scerscen, Piz, 194
+
+ Sesia, Joch, 153
+
+ Sinigaglia, Leone, 281
+
+ Stephen, Sir Leslie, 113, 208
+
+ Stratton, Miss, 206
+
+
+ T
+
+ Taugwald, Peter, 269
+
+ Taugwalder, 259
+
+ Trift Pass, 112
+
+ Tuckett, Mr F. F., 66, 113
+
+
+ W
+
+ Wainwright, Mrs and Dr, 44
+
+ Walker, Mr, 50, 134, 162
+
+ Wetterhorn, 51
+
+ Wieland, 194
+
+ Wills, Chief Justice, 51
+
+ Whymper, Mr C., 126, 134, 250
+
+
+ Z
+
+ Zecchini, G., 48
+
+
+
+
+ Printed at
+ The Edinburgh Press
+ 9 & 11 Young Street
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of True Tales of Mountain Adventures, by
+Mrs. Aubrey Le Blond
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 42758 ***